Skip to main content

Full text of "Dynamics of rotation; an elementary introduction to rigid dynamics"

See other formats


1 


DYNAMICS  OF  ROTATION 


AN  ELEMENTARY   INTRODUCTION 
TO   RIGID   DYNAMICS 


A.   M.   WORTHINGTON,  M.A.,   F.R.S. 

HEADMASTKR  AND  PKOFESSOR  OP  PHYSICS  AT  THE  ROYAL 
NAVAL  ENGINEERING  COLLEGE,   DEVONPORT 


THIRD  EDITION,  REVISED 


LONGMANS,    GREEN,   AND   CO. 

39  PATERNOSTER  ROW,   LONDON 

NEW  YORK  AND  BOMBAY 

I  900 


Digitized  by  the  Internet  Archive 

in  2007  with  funding  from 

IVIicrosoft  Corporation 


http://www.archive.org/details/dynamicsofrotatiOOwortuoft 


PREFACE  TO  THE   FIRST  EDITION 

Many  students  of  Physics  or  Engineering,  who  from 
want  either  of  mathematical  aptitude,  or  of  sufficient 
training  in  the  methods  of  analytical  solid  geometry,  are 
unable  to  follow  the  works  of  mathematical  writers  on 
Kigid  Dynamics,  must  have  felt  disappointed,  after  master- 
ing so  much  of  the  Dynamics  of  a  Particle  as  is  given  in 
the  excellent  and  widely-used  text-books  of  Loney,  or 
Garnett,  or  Lock,  to  find  that  they  have  been  obliged, 
after  all,  to  stop  short  of  the  point  at  which  their  know- 
ledge could  be  of  appreciable  practical  use  to  them,  and 
that  the  explanation  of  any  of  the  phenomena  exhibited 
by  rotating  or  oscillating  rigid  bodies,  so  interesting  and 
obviously  important,  was  still  beyond  their  reach. 

The  aim  of  this  little  book  is  to  help  such  students  to 
make  the  most  of  what  they  have  already  learnt,  and  to 
carry  their  instruction  to  the  point  of  practical  utility. 

As  a  matter  of  fact,  any  one  who  is  interested  and 
observant  in  mechanical  matters,  and  who  has  mastered 
the  relations  between  force,  mass,  and  accelemtion  of 
velocity  of  translation,  will  find  no  difficulty  in  appre- 
hending the  corresponding  relations  between  couples, 
moments  of  inertia,  and  angular  accelerations,  in  a  rigid 

in 


iv  Preface. 

body  rotating  about  a  fixed  axle,  or  in  understanding  the 
principle  of  the  Conservation  of  Angular  Momentum. 

Instead  of  following  the  usual  course  of  first  developing 
the  laws  of  the  subject  as  mathematical  consequences  of 
D'Alembert's  Principle,  or  the  extended  interpretation  of 
Newton's  Second  and  Third  Laws  of  Motion,  and  then 
appealing  to  the  experimental  phenomena  for  verification, 
I  have  adopted  the  opposite  plan,  and  have  endeavoured, 
by  reference  to  the  simplest  experiments  that  I  could 
think  of,  to  secure  that  the  student  shall  at  each  point 
gain  his  first  ideas  of  the  dynamical  relations  from  the 
phenomena  themselves,  rather  than  from  mathematical 
expressions,  being  myself  convinced,  not  only  that  this  is 
the  best  way  of  bringing  the  subject  vividly  and  without 
vagueness  before  the  learner,  but  that  such  a  course  may 
be  strongly  defended  on  other  grounds. 

These  considerations  have  determined  the  arrangement 
of  the  chapters  and  the  limitations  of  the  work,  which 
makes  no  pretence  at  being  a  complete  or  advanced 
treatise. 

My  best  thanks  are  due  to  those  friends  and  pupils  who 
have  assisted  me  in  the  revision  of  the  proof-sheets  and  in 
the  working  of  examples,  but  especially  to  my  colleague, 
Mr.  W.  Lardeu,  for  very  many  valuable  suggestions  and 
corrections.  A.  M.  W. 

Devonport,  Z\8t  Oct.  1891. 


CONTENTS. 


CHAPTER  I. 

DEFINITIOyS   OF  TERMS   AND    PRELIMINARY    KINEMATICS. 

Plage  1.  Rigid  Body. 

,,  2.  Angular  Velocity. 

„  2,  Rate  of  Revolution. 

,,  3.  Relation  between  (v)  and  (w). 

„  3.  Angular  Acceleration. 

„  3.   Uniformly  Accelerated  Rotation. 

„  5.  Examples. 

„  6.  Geometrical   Representation  of  Angular  Velocities  and  Ac- 
celerations. 

„  7.  On  the  Use  of  the  word  Moment. 

„  8.   Definition  of  Torque. 

„  8.  Definition  of  Equal  Torques. 

,,  8.  Fundamental  Statical  Experiment. 

„  8.  Measure  of  Torque. 

„  8.  Unit  Torque. 

,,  9.  British  Absolute  Unit  of  Torque. 

„  9.  Gravitation  or  Engineer's  British  Unit  of  Torque. 

„  9.  Distinction  between  *  pound  '  and  '  lb.' 

CHAPl^ER  U. 

BOTATION  CNOKB  THE  INFLUMNCE  OF  TORQUB. 

Page  11.  Proposition  I. 
,,  12.  Proposition  ii. 
„    13.  Methods  of  Experimental  Verification. 

a2  * 


vi  Contents, 


Page  14.  Variation  of  the  Experiments. 

„  15.  Familiar  Instances. 

„  15.  The  Analogue  of  Mass  in  Rotational  Motion. 

„  17.  Rotational  Inertia. 

,,  17.  Definition  of  the  Unit  of  Rotational  Inertia. 

„  18.  Examples  for  Solution. 

,,  18.  To  Calculate  the  Rotational  Inertia  of  any  Rigid  Body. 

„  18.  Proposition  iii. 

„  19.  Rotational  Inertia  of  an  Ideal  Single-particle  System. 

„  20.  Moment  of  Inertia. 

„  20.  Unit  Moment  of  Inertia. 

„  21.  Definition  of  Angular  Momentum, 

„  22.  To  find  the  Kinetic  Energy  of  a  Rigid  Body  rotating  about  a 

Fixed  Axle. 

„  23.  Work  done  by  a  Couple. 

„  23.  Analogy  with  the  Expression  for  the  Work  done  by  a  force 

in  Rectilinear  Motion. 

,,  24.  Change  of  Kinetic  Energy  due  to  a  Couple. 

„  24.  Radius  of  Gyration. 

„  25.  Numerical  Examples. 

„  30.  Note  to  Chapter  ii.    D'Alembert's  Principle. 


CHAPTER  m 

DEFINITIONS,  AXIOMS,  AND  ELEMENTARY  THEOREMS  NECESSARY  FOR 
DEALING  WITH  MOMENTS  OF  INERTIA — ROUTH's  RULE  AND  ITS 
APPLICATION. 

Page  33.  Definition  of  Moment  of  Inertia  of  an  Area. 
,,    33.  Definition  of  Moment  of  Inertia  of  a  Volume. 
,,    34.  Axiom. 
,,    34.  Illustration. 
„    34.  Axiom. 
„    35.  Proposition  iil 


Contents,  vii 


Page  36.  Routh's  Rule  for  Finding  the  Moment  of  Inertia  about  an 
Axis  of  Symmetry  in  certain  cases. 
,,    36.  Examples  of  the  Application  of  Dr.  Routh's  Rule. 
,,    37.  Theorem  of  Parallel  Axes. 
,,    38.  Proposition  iv. 
„    39.  Applications. 
„    40.  Proposition  v. 
,,   42.  Examples  for  Solution  on  Chapters  i.,  ii.,  and  iii. 


CHAPTER  rv. 

MATHEMATICAL  PBOOFS  OV  THE  DIFFERKNT  CASES  INCLUDED 
UNDER  route's  RULE. 

Page  46.  To  Find  I  for  a  Uniform  Thin  Rod  about  a  Perpendicular 
Axis  through  one  end. 
„    47.  Corollary. 
„    4S.  Rectangle. 
„    48.  Circular  Disc. 
„    60.  Thin  Rod  by  Integration. 
„    50.  Circular  Disc  by  Integration. 
„    51.  Moment  of  Inertia  of  an  Ellipse. 
,,    52.  Sphere  and  Cone. 
M    52.  Sphere  by  Integration. 
,,    63.  Ezerdset. 


CHAPTER  V. 

yUlETHEB  PBOPOSmOMS  OOMOERNUfO  MOMENTS  OF  INERTIA— PRINCIPAL 
AZM—ORAPBICAL  REPRESENTATION  OF  INERTIA-CURVES  AMD  8UR> 
FAOW— IQniMOMIllTAL  SYSTEMS— IltlRTU  SUtLETOItl. 


Page  66.  Proposition  Tl. 
M  66.  PropositioQ  TIL 
M    68.  Proportion  UL 


YJji  Contents, 


P*ge  60.  Graphical  Construction  of  Inertia-Curves  and  Surfaces. 
„    62.  Diagrams  of  Inertia  Curves. 

63,  Construction  of  Moment  of  Inertia  Surface. 
„    64.  EquimomenUl  Systems— Proposition  X. 
„    64.  Inertia  Skeleton— Proposition  xi. 


CHAPTER  VI. 

SIUFLB  HARMONIC  MOTION. 

Page  67.  Definition  of  Simple  Harmonic  Motion. 
„    68.  Definition  of  Period. 
„    69.  Definition  of  Phase. 

69.  Expression  for  the  Period  or  Time  of  a  Complete  Oscillation. 


CHAPTER  Vn. 

AH  BLEMKNTABT  ACCOUNT  OF  THB  CIECUMSTANCES  AND  LAWS  OF 
ELASTIC  OSCILLATIONS. 

Page  70.  Perfect  or  Simple  Elasticity. 
„    70.  Hooke's  Law. 
„    71.  Illustrations  of  Hooke's  Law. 
„    72.  Oscillations  due  to  Elasticity. 

73.  Ratio  of  Acceleration  to  Displacement. 

73.  Expression  for  the  Time  of  a  Complete  Oscillation. 
„    74.  Applications. 

„    75.  Extension  to  Angular  Oscillations. 
,,    76.  Applications. 
„    76.  Equivalent  Simple  Pendulum. 
„    77.  Examples. 

79.  Oscillating  Table  for  Finding  Moments  of  Inertia. 
„    81.  Examples  for  Solution. 


Contents.  ix 


CHAPTER  vni. 

CONSERVATION  OP  ANGULAR  MOMENTUM. 

Page  82.  Analogue  in  Rotation  to  Newton's  Third  Law  of  Motion. 
„    83.  Application  of  the  Principle  in  cases  of  Motion  round  a  fixed 

Axle. 
„    83.  First  Example. 
„    84.  Second  Example. 
„    85.  Third  Example. 
„    85.  Fourth  Example. 
„    87.  Consideration  of  the  Kinetic  Energy. 
„    87.  Other  Exemplifications  of  the  Principle  of  the  Conservation 

of  Angular  Momentum. 
,,    88.  Graphical  representation  of  Angular  Momentum. 
„    89.  Moment  of  Momentum. 
,»    89.  Conservation  of  Moment  of  Momentum. 
„    91.  General  Conclusion. 
„    91.  Caution. 
,,    91.  Ballistic  Pendulum. 
„    9&  Examples. 


CHAPTER  IX. 

ON  TBS  KINXMATICAL  AND  DYNAMICAL  PROPERTIES  OF  TBI 
CENTRE  OF  MASS. 

Page  94.  Evidence  of  the  Existence  for  a  Rigid  body  of  a  point  pos- 
sessing peculiar  Dynamical  Relatious. 
M    95.  ExperimenU  (1),  (2),  and  (3). 
„    96.  Experiments  (4)  and  (5). 
M    96.  A  Couple  causes  Rotation  about  an  Axis  through  the  Centre 

of  Gravity. 
M    97.  Experiment  (6)  with  a  Floating  Magnet 
,.    98.  Experiment  (7). 


Contents. 


Pago    99.  Definition  of  Centre  of  Mass. 
,,    100.  Proposition  i.— (Kinematical.)     On  the  Displacement  of  the 

Centre  of  Mass. 
,,    101.  Pure  Rotation  and  Translation. 
,,    101.  Proposition  ii.  —  (Kinematical.)     On  the  Velocity  of  the 

Centre  of  Mass. 
„    101.  Proposition  iii.— (Kinematical.)    On  che  Acceleration  of  the 

Centre  of  Mass. 
,,    102.  Summary. 

„    102.  Corresponding  Propositions  about  Moments. 
„    103.  Proposition  iv.     On  the  Resultant  Moment  of  the  Mass- 
Accelerations  about  any  Axis. 
,,    104.  Proposition  v.     On  the  Motion  of  the  Centre  of  Mass  of  a 

body  under  External  Forces. 
„    105.  Proposition  vi.     On  the  Application  of  a  Couple  to  a  Free 

Rigid  Body  at  Rest. 
,,    105.  Proposition  VII.     The  Motion  of  the  Centre  of  Mass  does  not 

affect  Rotation  about  it. 
„    106.  Independent  treatment  of  Rotation  and  Translation. 
„    106.  On  the  Direction  of  the  Axis  through  the  Centre  of  Mass 

about  which  a  Couple  causes  a  free  Rigid  Body  to  turn. 

Caution. 
,,    107.  Total  Kinetic  Energy  of  a  Rigid  Body. 
,,    108.  Examples. 
,,    110.  Examples  for  Solution. 


CHAPTER  X. 

CENTRIPETAL  AND  CENTRIFUGAL  FORCES. 

Page  111.  Consideration  of  the  Forces  on  the  Axle. 

,,    111.  Proposition.     Uniform  Motion  of  a  Particle  in  a  Circle. 

,,    112.  Use  of  the  terms   *  Centripetal  Force'  and   'Centrifugal 

Force.' 
,,    113.  Centripetal  Forces  in  a  Rotating  Rigid  Body. 
,,    113.  Rigid  Lamina. 


Co7ttents  xi 


Page  115.  Extension  to  Solids  of  a  certain  type. 
,,    116.  Convenient  Dynamical  Artifice. 
„    117.  Centrifugal  Couples. 

„    118.  Centrifugal  Couple  in  a  body  of  any  shape. 
„    119.  Centrifugal  Couples  vanish  when  the  Rotation  ia  about  a 

Principal  Axis. 
„    121.  Importance  of  Properly  Shaping  the  Parts  of  Machinery 

intended  to  Rotate  rapidly. 
,,    121.  Equimomental  Bodies  similarly  rotating  have  ecjual  and 

similar  Centrifugal  Couples. 
,,    121.  Substitution  of  the  3-rod  Inertia-Skeleton. 
„    123.  Transfer  of  Energy  under  the  action  of  Centrifugal  Couples 


CHAPTER  XL 

OBNTBE  or  PEBCUSSION. 

Page  125.  Thin  Uniform  Rod. 
„    126.  Experiment. 
„    127.  Experiment. 

,,    128.  Illustrations— Cricket  Bat,  Door. 
„    128.  Centre  of  Percussion  in  a  Body  of  any  Form. 


CHAPTER  Xn. 

miMATION  or  THE  TOTAL  AMQULAB  MOKIimJll. 

Page  130.  Simple  Illustrations. 

„    132.  Additional  Property  of  Principal  Axat. 

M    133.  Total  Angular  Momentum. 

„    133.  The  CentripeUl  Couple. 

„    135.  Rotation  under  the  influence  of  no  Torque.    The  Invariable 


xii  Contents. 


CHAPTER  XIII. 

ON  SpMB  OF  THE  PHENOMENA  PRESENTED  BY  SPINNING  BODIES. 

Page  136.  Gyroscope. 

137.  Experiments  (1),  (2),  and  (3). 

138.  Experiment  (4). 

139.  Definition  of  Precession. 

139.  Experiment  (5). 

140.  Experiments  (6),  (7),  and  (8). 

141.  Experiments  (9)  and  (10). 

141.  Precession  in  Hoops,  Tops,  etc. 

142.  Further  Experiment  with  a  Hoop. 

143.  Bicycle. 

143.  Explanation  of  Precession. 
145.  Analogy  between  Steady  Precession  and  Uniform  Motion  in 

a  Circle. 
145.  Calculation  of  the  Rate  of  Precession. 
148.  Observation  of  the  'Wabble.'  ' 

150.  Explanation  of  the  Starting  of  Precession. 

152.  Gyroscope  with  Axle  of  Spin  Inclined. 

153.  Influence  of  the  Centrifugal  Couple. 

154.  Explanation  of  the  effects  of  impeding  or  hurrying  Pre- 
cession. 

154.  The  Rising  of  a  Spinning  Top. 

156.  Calculation  of  the  « Effort  to  Precess.* 

157.  Example  (1)  Precessional  Forces  due  to  the  wheels  of  a  rail- 
way-engine rounding  a  curve. 

167.  Precessional  Stresses  on  the  machinery  of  a  pitching,  rolling, 
or  turning  ship. 

158.  Example  (2)  Torpedo-boat  turning. 

159.  Appendix.     Evaluation  of  the  steady  precessional  velocity 
of  a  gyroscope  or  top  with  the  axis  of  spin  inclined. 


DYNAMICS    OF    ROTATION. 


CHAPTER  1. 

DEFINITIONS  OF  TERMS  AND  PKELIMINARY  KINEMATICS. 

Rigid  Body. — A  body  in  Dynamics  is  said  to  bo  rigid 
(i.e.  stifT)  so  long  as  the  forces  acting  upon  it  do  not  change 
the  relative  positions  of  its  parts. 

We  shall  deal,  at  first,  chiefly  with  such  familiar  rigid  bodies 
as  a  fly-wheel  turning  on  its  axle ;  a  cylindrical  shaft ;  a  grind- 
stone ;  a  door  turning  on  its  hinges ;  a  pendulum ;  a  magnetic 
compass-needle ;  the  needle  of  a  galvanometer  \vith  its 
attached  mirror. 

It  should  be  observed  that  such  a  body  as,  for  example,  a 
wheelbarrow  being  wheeled  along  a  road  is  not,  taken  as  a 
whole,  a  rigid  body,  for  any  point  on  the  circumference  of  the 
wheel  changes  its  position  with  respect  to  the  rest  of  the 
barrow.  The  wheelbarrow  consists,  in  fact,  of  two  practically 
rigid  bodies,  the  wheel  and  the  barrow. 

On  the  other  hand,  a  sailing-boat  may  be  regarded  as  a  rigid 
body  so  long  as  its  sails  are  taut  under  the  influence  of  the 
wind,  even  though  they  be  made  of  a  material  that  is  far 
from  rigid  when  otherwise  handled. 

So  also  a  stone  whirled  by  an  inextcnsible  string  constt- 
totes,  with  the  string,  a  single  body  which  may  be  regarded 
OS  rigid  so  long  as  the  string  is  straight 


Dynamics  of  Rotation, 


Angular  Velocity. — When  a  rigid  body  turns  about  a 
fixed  axis,  every  particle  of  the  body  describes  a  circle  about 
this  axis  in  the  same  time.  If  we  conceive  a  radius  to  be 
drawn  from  the  centre  of  any  such  circular  path  to  the 
particle  describing  it,  then,  if  the  rotation  be  uniform,  the 
number  of  unit  angles  swept  over  in  unit  time  by  such  a 
radius  is  called  the  angular  velocity  of  the  body. 

The  unit  of  time  invariably  chosen  is  the  second,  and  the 
unit  angle  is  the  *  radian,'  ix.  the  angle  of  which  the  arc  is 
equal  to  the  radius. 

Hence,  in  brief,  we  may  write 

Angular  velocity  (when  uniform)  =  Number  of  radians 
described  per  second. 

The  usual  symbol  for  the  angular  velocity  is  w  (the  Greek 
omega). 

When  the  angular  velocity  is  not  uniform,  but  varies,  then 
its  value  at  any  instant  is  the  number  of  radians  that  would 
be  swept  out  per  second  if  the  rate  of  turning  at  that  instant 
remained  uniform  for  a  second. 

Rate  of  Revolution. — Since  in  one  revolution  the  radius 
describes  27r  radians,  it  follows  that  the  number  of  revolutions 
made  per  second  when  the  angular  velocity  is  w,  is  —,  and 

that  when   a  body  makes   one   revolution  per    second,   it 

describes   27r  unit  angles   per   sec,   and   has    therefore  an 

angular  velocity  =  w  =  27r. 

Thus  a  body  which  makes  20  turns  a  minute  has  an  angular 

1    .^    20x27r     27r 
velocity-  -  =  -3-. 

Tangential  Speed. — The  linear  velocity  {v)  of  a  particle 


Defiyiitions  of  Terms, 


describing  a  circle  of  radius  r  about  a  fixed  axis  is  at  any 
instant  in  the  direction  of  the  tangent  to  the  circular  path, 
and  is  conveniently  referred  to  as  the  tangential  speed. 

Relation  between  v  and  w. — Since  an  angular  velocity 
w  radians  per  sec.  corresponds  to  a  travel  of  the  particle  over 
an  arc  of  length  rw  each  second,  it  follows  that 

«  =  ra» 

or  cu  =  — . 

r 

Very  frequent  use  will  be  made  of  this  relation. 

Examples. — (1)  A  rotating  drum  4  feet  in  diameter  is  driven  by  a 
strap  which  travels  600  feet  a  minute  and  without  slipping  on  the 
druuL    To  find  the  angular  velocity — 

•  ■■  —  =  60  =  6  radians  per  sec. 
2 
(t)  A  wheel  3  feet  in  diameter  has  an  angular  velocity  of  10.     Find 
the  speed  of  a  point  on  its  circumference. 
»=r« 
=  r5  X  10  feet  per  seo. 
"■15  feet  per  sec. 

Angular  Acceleration.— When  the  rate  of  rotation  of  a 
rigid  body  about  a  fixed  axle  varies,  then  the  rate  of  change 
of  the  angular  velocity  is  called  the  angular  acceleration,  just 
as  rate  of  change  of  linear  velocity  is  called  linear  acceleration. 

The  usual  symbol  for  angular  acceleration  is  ».  Thus  »  is 
at  any  instant  the  number  of  radians  per  second  that  are  being 
added  per  second  at  the  instant  under  consideration.  We  shall 
deal  at  first  with  uniform  angular  accelerations,  for  which  we 
■hall  use  the  less  genera]  symbol  A. 

Uniformly  accelerated  Rotation.— If  a  rigid  body 


Dynamics  of  Rotation, 


start  rotating  from  rest  with  a  uniform  angular  acceleration 
A,  then  after  i  seconds  the  angular  velocity  w  is  given  by 

0)  =  A/. 
If  the  body,  instead  of  being  at  rest,  had  initially  an  angular 
velocity  w^,  then  at  the  end  of  the  interval  of  t  seconds  the 
angular  velocity  would  be 

a>  =  (!)„+ A^    .  .     .     .     .     (i) 

Since  during  the  t  seconds  the  velocity  has  grown  at  a 
uniform  rate,  it  follows^  that  its  average  value  during  the 
interval,  which,  when  multiplied  by  the  time,  will  give  the 
whole  angle  described,  lies  midway  between,  or  is  the  arith- 
metic mean  between,  the  initial  and  final  values,  %,e.  the 
average  angular  velocity  for  the  interval, 

2 

=  co,  +  JA^, 

and  the  angle  described 

=  (a,„+JAO^ 

=  ^.i^W (ii) 

By  substituting  in  (ii)  the  value  of  i  given  in  (i)  we  obtain 

the  equation 

a>2=u>^2_|.2A6> (iii), 

which  connects  the  angular  velocity  w  with  initial  velocity  w, 
and  the  angle  Q  swept  through. 

The  student  will  observe  that  these  equations  are  precisely 
similar  to  and  are  derived  in  precisely  the  same  way  as  the 
tki'ee  fundamental  kinematic  equations  that  he  has  learned  to 

^  It  is  not  considered  necessary  to  reproduce  here  the  geometrical 
or  other  reasoning  by  which  this  is  established.  See  Garnett's 
JElementarj/  DynamicB,  and  Lock's  Dynamics  for  Beginners. 


Definitions  of  Terins.  5 

use  in  dealing  with  uniformly  accelerated  rectilinear  motion 

of  a  particle,  viz.: — 

v=-u-\-at (i) 

s=u/-f  ia/» (ii) 

t;*=u'  +  2a5 (iii) 

Example  1.— A  wheel  is  set  gradually  rotating  from  rest  with 
a  uniform  angular  acceleration  of  30  units  of  angular  velocity  per  sec. 
In  what  time  will  it  acquire  a  rate  of  rotation  of  300  revolutions  per 
minute  1 

iSo/ution.— 300  revolutions  per  minute  is  an  angular  velocity  of 
— ^^r —  radians  per  sec,  which  will  be  attained  m  -— —       sec. 

=!r8ec.=  ?iil?  sec.  =  1-0472  sec. 
3  3 

Example  2. — A  wheel  revolves  30  times  per  sec. :  with  what  uni- 
form angular  acceleration  will  it  come  to  rest  in  12  sec.,  and  how 
many  turns  will  it  make  in  coming  to  rest  ? 

SoLxAvm. — Initial  angular  velocity = «.  =  30  x  2*r  =  60»r. 
This  is  destroyed  in  12  sec., 

GOrr 

.*.  aogolar  accelerations  --r^ 

I2 

s=  — 6tr 

S3  -16  708  radians  per  sec.,  each  second. 

The  —  sign  means  that  the  direction  of  the  acceleration  is  opposite 
to  that  of  the  initial  velocity  «,,  which  we  have  tacitly  assumed  to 
be  +  in  writing  it  equal  to  60»r. 

The  angle  described  in  coming  to  rest  is  obtained  at  once  from  the 
drd  of  the  ftudamental  equations  now  that  we  know  the  value  of  A. 
Thus:— 

«>-«.>  + 2A^ 
0«-(e0fr)«-10irtf 
.'.  10ird-(60ir)« 
/.  d-300ir 

i*3G0ir  revolutions. 

Sir 
■ilSO    revolutions. 


Dynamics  of  Rotation. 


Example  3. — A  wheel  rotating  3000  times  a  minute  has  a  uniform 
angular  retardation  of  tt  radians  per  sec.  each  second.  Find  when  it 
will  be  brought  to  rest,  and  when  it  will  be  rotating  at  the  same 
rate  in  the  opposite  direction. 

3000  revolutions  per  min.  =  SOOOxStt 

60  '    -: 

=  IOOtt  radians  per  sec,     *^*^ 

and  will  therefore  be  destroyed  by  the  opposing  acceleration  tt  in  100 
sec.  The  wheel  will  then  be  at  rest,  and  in  100  sec.  more  the  same 
angular  velocity  will  have  been  generated  in  the  opposite  direction. 

(Compare  this  example  with  that  of  a  stone  thrown  verticallj''  up 
and  then  returning.) 


Geometrical  Representation  of  Angular  Veloci- 
ties and  Accelerations. — At  any  particular  instant  the 
motion  of  a  rigid  body,  with  one  point  fixed,  must  be  one  of 
rotation  with  some  definite  angular  velocity  about  some  axis 
fixed  in  space  and  passing  through  the  point.  Thus  the 
angular  velocity  is,  at  any  instant,  completely  represented  by 
drawing  a  straight  line,  of  length  proportional  to  the  angular 
velocity,  in  the  direction  of  the  axis  in  question,  and  it  is 

usual  to  agree  that  the  direction 
of  drawing  and  naming  shall  be 
that  in  which  a  person  looking 
along  the  axis  would  find  the 
rotation  about  it  to  be  right- 
y,^i/  handed  (or  clockwise).     Thus  the 

line  OA  would  correspond  to  the 
direction  of  rotation  indicated  in  the  fig.  / 

Hence  if  we  choose  to  conceive  a  body  as  affected  by  simul- 
taneous component  rotations  about  three  rectangular  axes,  wo 
shall  obtain  the  actual  axis  and  angular  velocity,  from  the  lines 
representing  these  components  by  the  parallelogram  law. 


Definitions  of  Terms, 


In  the  same  way  angular  acceleration  about  any  axis  fixed 
in  space  may  be  represented  by  drawing  a  line  in  its  direc- 
tion (with  the  same  convention),  and  simultaneous  angular 
accelerations  may  be  combined  according  to  the  parallelo- 
gram law. 

On  the  Use  of  the  word  Moment. — The  word  moment 
was  first  used  in  Mechanics  in  its  now  rather  old-fashioned 
sense  of  *  importance '  or  *  consequence/  and  the  moment  of  a 
force  about  an  axis  meant  the  importance  of  the  force  with 
respect  to  its  power  to  generate  in  matter  rotation  about  the 
axis ;  and  again,  the  moment  of  inertia  of  a  body  with  respect 
to  an  axis  is  a  phrase  invented  to  express  the  importance  of 
the  inertia  of  the  body  when  we  endeavour  to  turn  it  about 
the  axia  When  we  say  that  the  moment  of  a  force  about  an 
axis  varies  as  the  force,  and  as  the  distance  of  its  line  of  action 
from  the  axis,  we  are  not  so  much  defining  the  phrase 
*  moment  of  a  force,'  as  expressing  the  result  of  experiments 
made  with  a  view  to  ascertaining  the  circumstances  under 
which  forces  are  equivalent  to  each  other  as  regards  their 
turning  power.  It  is  important  that  the  student  should  bear 
in  mind  this  original  meaning  of  the  word,  so  that  such 
phrases  as  *  moment  of  a  force '  and  *  moment  of  inertia '  may 
at  once  call  up  an  idea  instead  of  merely  a  quantity. 

But  the  word  '  moment '  has  also  come  to  bo  used  by  analogy 
in  a  purely  technical  sense,  in  such  expressions  as  the  '  mo- 
ment of  a  mass  about  an  axis,'  or  '  the  moment  of  an  area  with 
respect  to  a  plane,'  which  require  definition  in  each  case.  In 
these  instances  there  is  not  always  any  corresponding  physical 
idea,  and  such  phrases  stand,  both  historically  and  scientifi- 
cally, on  a  difierent  footing. 


8  Dyna77iics  of  Rotation. 

Uufortunately  the  words  '  moment  of  a  force  are  regarded 
by  some  writers  as  the  name  rather  of  the  product  *  force  X 
distance  from  axis '  than  of  the  property  of  which  this  product 
is  found  by  experiment  to  be  a  suitable  measure.  But 
happily  for  the  learner  the  difficulty  thus  created  has  been 
met  by  the  invention  of  the  modern  word  torque  to  express 
'  turning  power.' 

Definition  of  Torque.— A  force  or  system  of  forces  which 
has  the  property  of  turning  a  body  about  any  axis  is  said  to 
be  or  to  have  a  torque  about  that  axis  (from  the  Latin  torqueo, 
I  twist). 

Definition  of  Equal  Torques. — Two  torques  are  said  to 
be  equal  when  each  may  be  statically  balanced  by  the  same 
torque. 

Fundamental  Statical  Experiment. — Torques  are 
found  to  be  equal  when  the  products  of  the  force  and  the 
distance  of  its  line  of  action  from  the  axis  are  equal.  Experi- 
ments in  proof  of  this  may  be  made  with  extreme  accuracy. 
The  result  may  also  be  deduced  from  Newton's  Laws  of 
Motion. 

Measure  of  Torque. — The  value  of  a  torque  is  the  value 
of  this  product.     This  again  is  a  matter  of  definition. 

Unit  Torque. —Thus  the  unit  force  acting  at  unit  distance 
is  said  to  be  or  to  have  unit  torque,  and  a  couple  has  unit 
torque  about  any  point  in  its  plane  when  the  product  of  its 
arm  and  one  of  the  equal  forces  is  unity. 


Defifiilions  of  Terms. 


British  Absolute  Unit  of  Torque.— Siuce  in  the  British 
absolute  system,  in  which  the  pound  is  chosen  as  the  unit  of 
mass,  the  foot  as  unit  of  length,  and  the  second  as  unit  of 
time,  the  unit  of  force  is  the  poundal,  it  is  reasonable  and  is 
agreed  that  the  British  absolute  unit  of  torque  shall  be  that 
of  a  poundal  acting  at  a  distance  of  1  foot,  or  (what  is  the 
same  thing,  as  regards  turning)  a  couple  of  which  the  force  is 
one  poundal  and  the  arm  one  foot.  This  we  shall  call  a 
poundal-foot,  thereby  distinguishing  it  from  the  foot-poundal, 
which  is  the  British  absolute  unit  of  work. 

Gravitation  or  Engineer's  British  Unit  of  Torque. 

— In  the  Gravitation  or  Engineer's  system  in  this  country, 
which  starts  with  the  foot  and  second  as  units  of  length  and 
time,  and  the  pound  pull  as  unit  of  force,  and  with  g  lbs.* 
as  unit  of  mass,  the  unit  of  torque  is  that  of  a  couple  of  which 
each  force  is  1  pound  and  the  arm  1  foot.  This  may  be  called 
the  *  pound-foot.' 

Distinction  between  *  pound '  and  *  lb.'— The  student 
should  always  bear  in  mind  tliat  the  word  pound  is  used  in 
two  senses,  sometimes  as  a  force,  sometimes  as  a  mass.  He 
will  find  that  it  will  contribute  greatly  to  clearness  to  follow 
the  practice  adopted  in  this  book,  and  to  write  the  uord 
*  pound '  whenever  a  force  is  meant,  and  to  use  the  symbol 
'lb.'  when  a  mass  is  meant. 

Axis  and  Axle. — An  axis  whose  position  is  fixed  rela- 
tively to  the  particles  of  a  Ixxly  may  be  conveniently  referred 
to  as  an  axU. 

*  It  !•  ooDvenient  to  give  a  name  to  this  practical  unit  of  inertia,  or 
•laggiahneea.  of  about  32-2  Ibt.     We  ihall  call  it  a  '  elug.' 


CHAPTEE  II. 

ROTATION  UNDER  THE  INFLUENCE  OF  TORQUE. 

The  student  will  have  learnt  in  that  part  of  Dynamics  which 
deals  with  the  rectilinear  motion  of  matter  under  the  influ- 
ence of  force,  and  with  which  he  is  assumed  to  be  familiar, 
that  the  fundamental  laws  of  the  subject  are  expressed  in  the 
three  statements  known  as  Newton's  Laws  of  Motion.  These 
propositions  are  the  expression  of  experimental  facts.  Thus, 
nothing  but  observation  or  experience  could  tell  us  that  the 
acceleration  which  a  certain  force  produces  in  a  given  mass 
would  be  independent  of  the  velocity  with  which  the  mass 
was  already  moving,  or  that  it  was  not  more  difficult  to  set 
matter  in  motion  in  one  direction  in  space  than  in  another. 

We  shall  now  point  out  that  in  the  study  of  the  rotational 
motion  of  a  rigid  body  we  have  exactly  analogous  laws  and 
properties  to  deal  with :  only  that  instead  of  dealing  with 
forces  we  have  torques ;  instead  of  rectilinear  velocities  and 
accelerations  we  have  angular  velocities  and  accelerations ; 
and  instead  of  the  simple  inertia  of  the  body  we  have  to  con- 
sider the  importance  or  moment  of  that  inertia  about  the 
axis,  which  importance  or  moment  we  shall  learn  how  to 
measure. 

It  will  contribute  to  clearness  to  enunciate  these  corre- 
sponding laws  with  reference  first  to  a  rigid  body  pivoted 

10 


Rotation  under  the  Injliience  of  Torqtie.      1 1 

about  a  fixed  axle,  i.t.  an  axis  which  remains  fixed  in  the  body, 
and  in  its  position  in  space ;  and  although  it  is  possible  to 
deduce  each  of  the  propositions  that  will  be  enunciated  as  con- 
sequences of  Newton's  Laws  of  Motion,  without  any  further 
appeal  to  experiment,  yet  we  shall  reserve  such  deduction 
till  later,  and  present  the  facts  as  capable,  in  this  limited  case 
at  any  rate,  of  fairly  exact,  direct  experimental  verification. 

Proposition  \.—Tht  rait  of  rotation  of  a  rigid  body  revolving 
ahcui  an  axis  fixed  in  the  body  and  in  space  cannot  be  changed 
except  by  the  application  of  an  external  force  having  a  momcjit 
about  the  axis,  i.e.  by  an  external  torque. 

Thus,  a  wheel  capable  of  rotating  about  a  fixed  axle  cannot 
begin  rotating  of  itself,  but  if  once  set  rotating  would  con- 
tinue to  rotate  for  ever  with  the  same  angular  velocity,  unless 
acted  on  by  some  external  torque  (due,  e.g.  to  friction)  hav- 
ing a  moment  about  the  axis.  Any  force  whose  line  of  action 
passes  through  the  axis  will,  since  this  is  fixed,  be  balanced 
by  the  equal  and  opposite  pressure  which  fixes  the  axis.  It 
is  true  that  pressure  of  a  rotating  wheel  against  the  material 
axle  or  shaft  about  which  it  revolves  does  tend  to  diminish 
the  rate  of  rotation,  but  only  indirectly  by  evoking  friction 
which  has  a  moment  about  the  axis. 

It  is  impossible  in  practice  to  avoid  loss  of  rotation  through 
the  action  of  friction  both  with  the  bearings  on  which  the 
body  is  pivoted  and  with  the  air ;  but  since  the  rotation  is 
always  the  more  prolonged  and  uniform  the  more  this  friction 
is  diminished,  it  is  impossible  to  avoid  the  inference  that  the 
motion  would  continue  unaltered  for  an  indefinite  period 
could  the  friction  bo  entirely  removed. 

The  student  will  i>erccive  the  analogy  between  this  first 


1 2  Dynamics  of  Rotation, 

Proposition   and   that  known   as    Newton's    First    Law   of 
Motion. 

Proposition  II. — The  angular  acceleration  or  rate  of  clmnge 
of  angular  velocity  produced  in  any  given  rigid  mass  rotating  about 
an  axis  fixed  in  the  body  and  in  space  is  proportional  to  the 
moment  about  the  axis  of  the  external  forces  applied,  i.e.  to  the 
value  of  the  external  torque. 

To  fix  the  ideas,  let  the  student 
think  first  of  a  wheel  rotating  about 
a  fixed   shaft   passing    through  its 
O  1  centre,   and   to  this  wheel    let    us 

apply  a  constant  torque  by  pulling 
with   constant   force   the   cord   AB 
^^°*  ^'  wrapped  round  the  circumference. 

[It  may  be  well  to  point  out  here  that  if  the  wheel  be  accu- 
rately symmetrical,  so  that  its  centre  of  gravity  lies  in  the 
axis  of  the  shaft,  then,  as  will  be  shown  in  the  chapter  on 

the  Centre  of  Mass,  since  the 
centre  of  gravity  or  centre  of 
mass  of  the  wheel  does  not 
move,  there  must  be  some  other 
equal  and  opposite  external 
force  acting  on  the  body.  This 
i^^TX^  other  force  is  the  pressure  of  the 

axle,  so  that  we  are  really  apply- 
ing a  couple  as  in  Fig.  2  ;  but  this  latter  force  has  no  moment 
about  the  axis,  and  does  not  directly  afi'ect  the  rotation.] 
Our  Proposition  asserts  that 

(1)  So  long  as  the  torque  has  the  same  value,  i.e.  so  long 
as   the   cord  is   pulled  with   the  same  force,  the 


Rotation  under  the  Influence  of  Torque.      1 3 


acceleration  of  the  angular  velocity  of  the  wheel 
is  uniform,  so  that  the  effect  on  the  wheel  of  any 
torque,  in  adding  or  subtracting  angular  velocity,  is 
independent  of  the  rate  at  which  the  wheel  may 
happen  to  be  rotating  when  the  torque  is  applied. 

(2)  That  a  torque  of  double  or  treble  the  value  would  pro- 

duce double  or  treble  the  acceleration,  and  so  on. 

(3)  If  several  torques  be  applied  simultaneously,  the  effect 

of  each  on  the  rotation  is  precisely  the  same  as  if  it 
acted  alone. 
Also  it  follows 

(4)  That  different  torques   may  be   compared,  not  only 

statically  but  also  dynamically,  by  allowing  them 

to  act  in  turn  on  the  same 

pivoted    rigid    body   in   a 

plane  perpendicular  to  the 

axis,    and    observing    the 

angular  velocity  that  each 

generates   or   destroys    in 

the  same  time. 


Methods  of  Experimental 
Verification. — Let  an  arrangement 
equivalent  to  that  of  the  figure  be 
made.  AB  is  an  accurately  centred 
wheel  turning  with  as  little  friction 
as  possible  on  a  horizontal  ax  in,  e.Q. 
a  bicycle  wheel  on  ball  bearings. 
Round  its  circumference  is  wrapped  a  fine  cord,  from  one 
end  of  which  hangs  a  mass  0  of  known  weight  (W),  which 
descends  in  front  of  a  gradaated  scale. 


no.  4. 


14  Dynamics  of  Rotation, 

It  will  be  observed  that  C  descends  with  uniform  accelera- 
tion. This  proves  that  the  tension  (T)  of  the  cord  BC  on 
the  weight  is  uniform,  and  from  observation  of  the  value 
(a)  of  the  acceleration,  that  of  the  tension  is  easily  found, 
being  given  by  the  relation 

W-T_a 
W        -g 

(where  <7  is  the  acceleration  that  would  be  produced  in  the  mass 
by  the  force  W  alone),  and  T  multiplied  by  the  radius  of  the 
wheel  is  the  measure  of  the  torque  exerted.  Thus  the  arrange- 
ment enables  us  to  apply  a  known  and  constant  torque. 

But  since  the  linear  acceleration  of  C  is  uniform,  it  follows 
that  the  angular  acceleration  of  the  wheel  is  uniform. 

By  varying  the  weight  W,  the  torque  may  be  varied,  and 
other  torques  may  be  applied  simultaneously  by  means  of 
weights  hung  over  the  axle,  or  over  a  drum  attached  thereto, 
and  thus  the  proportionality  of  angular  acceleration  to  total 
resultant  torque  tested  under  various  conditions. 

It  will  be  observed  that  in  the  experiments  described  we 
assume  the  truth  of  Newton's  Second  Law  of  Motion  in  order 
to  determine  the  value  of  the  tension  (T)  of  the  cord ;  but  it 
is  possible  to  determine  this  directly  by  inserting  between  C 
and  B  a  light  spring,  whose  elongation  during  the  descent 
tells  us  the  tension  applied  without  any  such  assumption. 

Variation  of  the  Experiments.— Instead  of  using  our 
known  torque  to  generate  angular  velocity  from  rest,  we  may 
employ  it  to  destroy  angular  velocity  already  existing  in 
the  following  manner  : — 

Let  a  massive  fly-wheel  or  disc  be  set  rotating  about  an 
axis  with  a  given  angular  velocity,  and  be  brought  to  rest  by 


Rotation  under  the  Influence  of  Torque,      1 5 

a  friction  brake  which  may  bo  easily  controlled  so  as  to 
maintain  a  constant  measurable  retarding  torque.  It  will  be 
found  that,  however  fast  or  slowly  the  wheel  be  rotating,  the 
same  amount  of  angular  velocity  is  destroyed  in  the  same 
time  by  the  same  retarding  torque ;  that  a  torque  r  times  as 

great  destroys  the  same  amount  of  angular  velocity  in  — 
of  the  time;  while  if  a  second  brake  be  applied  simultaneously 
the  effect  of  its  retarding  couple  is  simply  superadded  to  that 
of  the  first. 

It  may  be  remarked  that  the  direct  experimental  verifica- 
tions here  quoted  can  be  performed  with  probably  greater 
accuracy  than  any  equally  direct  experiment  on  ihai  part  of 
Newton's  Second  Latv  of  Motion  to  which  our  2nd  Proposition 
corresponds^  viz.  that '  the  linear  acceleration  of  a  given  body  is 
proportional  to  the  impressed  force,  and  takes  place  in  the 
direction  of  the  force.' 

Thus,  our  second  Proposition  for  rotational  motion  is  really 
less  far  removed  than  is  Newton's  Second  Law  of  Motion 
from  fundamental  experiment 

Familiar  Instances. — Most  people  are  quite  familiar  with 
immediate  consequences  of  these  principles.  For  example,  in 
order  to  close  a  door  every  one  takes  care  to  apply  pressure 
near  the  outer  and  not  near  the  hinged  side,  so  as  to  secure 
a  greater  moment  for  the  force.  A  workman  checking  the 
rotation  of  any  small  wheel  by  friction  of  the  hand  applies 
hi«  hand  near  the  circumference,  not  near  the  axis. 

The  Analogue  of  Mass  in  Rotational  Motion.— In 

the  study  of  rectilinear  motion  it  is  found  that  if  after  making 
oxperimonts  on  some  given  body  we  pass  to  another,  the 


0 


Dynamics  of  Rotation. 


same  forces  applied  to  the  second  body  do  not,  in  general, 
produce  in  it  the  same  accelerations.  The  second  body  is 
found  to  be  less  easy  or  more  easy  to  accelerate  than  the 
first.  We  express  this  fact  by  saying  that  the  'inertia'  or 
*  mass '  of  the  second  body  is  greater  or  less  than  that  of  the 
first.  Exactly  the  same  thing  occurs  in  the  case  of  rotational 
motion,  for  experiment  shows  that  the  same  torque  applied 
to  different  rigid  bodies  for  the  same  time  produces,  in 
general,  different  changes  of  angular  velocity.  Thus,  the 
pull  of  a  cord  wrapped  round  the  axle  of  a  massive  fly-wheel 
will,  in  say  10  seconds,  produce  only  a  very  slow  rotation, 
while  the  same  torque  applied  to  a  smaller  and  lighter  wheel 
will,  in  the  same  time,  communicate  a  much  greater  angular 
velocity. 

It  is  found,  however,  that  the  time  required  for  a  given 
torque  to  produce  a  given  angular  velocity  does  not  depend 
simply  on  the  mass  of  the  rigid  body.  For,  if  the  wheel  be 
provided  as  in  the  figure  with  heavy 
bosses,  and  these  be  moved  further 
from  the  axis,  then,  although  the 
mass  or  inertia  of  the  wheel,  as  re- 
gards bodily  motion  of  the  whole  in 
a  straight  line,  is  unaltered,  yet  it  is 
now  found  to  be  more  difficult  to 
accelerate  rotationally  than  before. 
The  experiment  may  be  easily  made 
with  our  bicycle  wheel  of  Fig.  4,  by  removing  alternate 
tensional  spokes  and  fitting  it  with  others  to  which  sliding 
masses  can  be  conveniently  attached. 

With  two  wheels,  however,  or  other  rigid  bodies,  precisely 
similar  in  all  respects  except  that  one  is  made  of  a  lighter 


FIO.  5. 


Rotatio7i  icnciei'  the  Inflttence  of  Torque.      17 

material  than  the  other^  so  that  the  masses  are  different,  it  is 
found  that  the  one  of  less  mass  is  proportionately  more  easy 
to  accelerate  rotationally. 

Hence  we  perceive  that  in  studying  rotational  motion  we 
have  to  deal  not  only  with  the  quantity  of  matter  in  the 
body,  but  also  with  the  arrangement  of  this  matter  about  the 
axis ;  not  solely  with  the  mass  or  inertia  of  the  body,  but 
with  the  importance  or  moment  of  this  inertia  with  respect 
to  the  axis  in  question.  We  shall  speak  of  this  for  the 
present  as  the  Rotational  Inertia  of  the  body,  meaning  that 
property  of  the  body  which  determines  the  time  required  for 
a  given  torque  to  create  or  destroy  in  the  body  a  given 
amount  of  rotational  velocity  about  the  axis  in  question. 

Definition  of  the  Unit  of  Rotational  Inertia.— Just 

as  in  the  Dynamics  of  rectilinear  motion  we  agree  that  a  body 
shall  be  said  to  have  unit  mass  when  unit  force  acting  on  it 
produces  unit  acceleration,  so  in  dealing  with  the  rotation  of 
a  rigid  body  it  is  agreed  to  say  that  the  body  has  unit  rota- 
tional inertia  about  the  axis  in  question  when  unit  torque 
gives  it  unit  angular  acceleration,  i.e.  adds  or  destroys  in  it, 
in  one  second,  an  angular  velocity  of  one  radian  per  sec. 

If  unit  torque  acting  on  the  body  takes,  not  one  second, 
])Ut  two,  to  generate  the  unit  angular  velocity,  then  we  say 
that  the  rotational  inertia  of  the  body  is  two  units,  and, 
speaking  generally,  the  relation  between  the  torque  which 
acts,  the  rotational  inertia  of  the  body  acted  on,  and  the 
angular  acceleration  produced,  is  given  by  the  equation 

Angular  acceleration == — Torque 

Rotational  inertia 
Just  as  in  rectilinear  motion,  the  impressed  force,  the 

B 


1 8  Dynamics  of  Rotation. 

acted  on,  and  the  linear  acceleration  produced,  are  connected 
by  the  relation 

Acceleration  = . 

mass 

Examples  for  Solution. — (1)  A  friction  bralce  which  exerts  a  con- 
stant friction  of  200  pounds  at  a  distance  of  9  inches  from  the  axis  of 
a  fly-wheel  rotating  90  times  a  minute  brings  it  to  rest  in  30  seconds. 
Compare  the  rotational  inertia  of  this  wheel  with  one  whose  rate  of 
rotation  is  reduced  from  100  to  70  turns  per  minute  by  a  friction 
couple  of  80  pound-foot  units  in  18  seconds.     Ans.  25  :  24. 

(2)  A  cord  is  wrapped  round  the  axle,  8  inches  in  diameter,  of  a 
massive  wheel,  whose  rotational  inertia  is  200  units,  and  is  pulled 
with  a  constant  force  of  20  units  for  15  seconds,  when  it  comes  off. 
What  will  then  be  the  rate  of  revolution  of  the  wheel  in  turns 
per  minute?  The  unit  of  length  being  1  foot,  and  of  time  1 
second.    Ans.  4*774  turns  per  minute. 

To  calculate  the  Rotational  Inertia  of  any  rigid 
body. — We  shall  now  show  how  the  rotational  inertia  of  any 
rigid  body  may  be  calculated  when  the  arrangement  of  its 
particles  is  known. 

We  premise  first  the  following : — 

Proposition  III. — The  '•rotational  inertia'  of  any  rigid  body 
is  the  sum  of  the  *  rotational  inertias '  of  its  constituent  parts. 

That  this  is  true  may  be  accurately  ascertained  by  trials 
with  the  experimental  wheel  of  Figs.  4  and  5.  Let  the  wheel, 
unloaded  by  any  sliding  pieces,  have  its  rotational  inertia 
determined  by  experiment  with  a  known  torque  in  the  manner 
already  indicated,  and  call  its  value  I„.  Then  let  sliding 
pieces  be  attached  in  certain  noticed  positions,  and  let  the 
new  value  of  the  rotational  inertia  be  I,.  Then,  according 
to  our  proposition,  Ii  — 1„  is  the  rotational  inertia  of  the  sliders. 
If  this  be  the  case,  then  the  increase  of  rotational  inertia 


Rotation  under  the  Injlnence  of  Torqtte,      1 9 

produced  by  the  sliders  in  this  position  should  be  the  same, 
whether  the  wheel  be  previously  loaded  or  not.  If  trial  be  now 
made  with  the  wheel  loaded  in  all  sorts  of  ways,  it  will  be 
found  that  this  is  the  case.  The  addition  of  the  sliders  in  the 
noticed  positions  always  contributes  the  same  increase  to  the 
rotational  inertia. 


Rotational  Inertia  of  an  ideal  Single-particle 
System. — We  now  proceed  to  consider  theoretically,  in  the 
light  of  our  knowledge  of  the  dynamics  of  a  particle,  what 
must  be  the  rotational  inertia  of  an  ideal  rigid  system 
consisting  of  a  single  particle  of  mass  m  connected  by  a 
rigid  bar,  whose  mass  may  be  neglected,  to  an  axis  at  dis- 
tance (r). 

Let  0  be  the  axis,  M  the  particle,  so  that  OM=r,  and 
let  the  system  be  acted  on 

by  a    torque    of   L    units.  Y^^ 

This  we  may  suppose  to  bo     2 ^  ^ 1^ 


due  to  a  force  P  acting  on  the 

particle  itself,  and  always  at  right  angles  to  the  rod  OM,  and 

of  such  value  that  the  moment  of  P  is  equal  to  the  torque, 

ie.  Pr=L  or  P= -. 

r 

The  force  P  acting  on  the  mass  m  generates  in  it  a  linear 

P  P 

acceleration  a « —  in  its  own  direction.     —  is  therefore  the 

w  m 

amount  of  linear  speed  generated  per  unit  time  by  the  force 

in  its  own  direction,  and  whatever  be  the  variations  in  this 

linear  speed  (v),  -  is  alwajrs  equal  to  the  angular  velocity  w, 
and  therefore  the  amount  of  angular  velocity  generated  per 


20  Dymainics  of  Rotation. 

unit  time,  or  the  angular  acceleration,  A,  is  -  th  of  the  linear 
speed  generated  in  the  same  time, 


i.e.  A  = 

P      Pr 

rm    mr^ 

j_ 

L 

: 

mr 

Torque 

""■ 

'-    mr'    • 

Torque 

But  A= :^'Y7 =-  ;  (See  p.  17.) 

rotational  inertia 

.-.  The  rotational  inertia  of  a  single  particle  of  mass  m  at  a 
distance  r  from  the  axis=m7-^. 

Any  rigid  body  may  be  regarded  as  made  up  of  such  ideal 
single-particle  systems,  and  since  the  rotational  inertia  of  the 
whole  is  the  sum  of  the  rotational  inertias  of  the  parts,  we 
see  that  if  mi,  7?22,  ^s,  ...  be  the  masses  of  the  respective 
particles,  ri,  r^,  i\y  .  .  .  their  distances  from  the  axis,  then 

The  rotational  inertia  of  the  body 

=^'ni{rj^ -^m^r^^ -\-mzi\^ -{-  ... 

This  quantity  2(???r')  is  generally  called  the  Moment  of 
Inertia  of  the  body.  The  student  will  now  understand  at 
once  why  such  a  name  should  be  given  to  it,  and  the  name 
should  always  remind  him  of  the  experimental  properties  to 
which  it  refers. 

We  shall  from  this  point  onward  drop  the  term*  *  rotational 
inertia,'  and  use  instead  the  more  usual  term  'moment  of 
inertia/  for  which  the  customary  symbol  is  the  letter  I. 

Unit  Moment  of  Inertia. — We  now  see  that  a  particle 


Rotation  tnider  the  Influence  of  Torque.      2 1 

of  unit  mass  at  unit  distance  from  the  axis  has  unit  moment 
of  inertia. 

It  is  evi(\ent  also  that  a  thin 
circular  hoop  of  unit  radius 
and  of  unit  mass  rotating 
about  a  central  axis  perpen- 
dicular to  the  plane  of  the 
circle,  has  also  unit  moment 

.  ,  FIG.  7.  no.  8. 

of  inertia;  for  every  particle 

may  with  close  approximation  be  regarded  as  at  unit  dis- 
tance from  the  centre. 

In  fact,  I=2(7nr') 

=2(mxl*) 

=2(m) 

=  1. 
The  same  is  true  for  any  segment  of  a  thin  hoop  (Fig.  8) 
of  unit  radius  and  unit  mass,  and  it  is  also  true  for  any  thin 
hollow  cylinder  of  unit  radius  and  unit  mass,  rotating  about 
its  own  axis. 

Thus  the  student  will  find  it  an  easy  matter  to  prepare 
accurate  standards  of  unit  moment  of  inertia.  A  thin 
cylinder  or  hoop,  of  one  foot  radius  and  weighing  1  lb.,  will 
have  the  unit  moment  of  inertia  on  the  British  absolute 
system.  We  shall  call  this  the  Ib.-foot^  unit.  The  engineer's 
unit  is  that  of  one  slug  (or  32  2  lbs.)  at  the  distance  of  1  foot, 
Le.  a  slug-foot^. 

Definition  of  Angular  Momentum. — Just  as  the  pro- 
duct mass  X  velocity,  or  (mr),  in  translational  motion  is  called 
momentum,  so  by  analogy  when  a  rigid  body  rotates  about  a 
fixed  axle,  the  product  (moment  of  inertia)  x  (angular  velocity), 


22  Dynamics  of  Rotation, 

or  (lo)),  is  called  angular  momentum.*  And  just  as  a  force  is 
measured  by  the  change  of  momentum  it  produces  in  unit 
time,  so  a  torque  about  any  axis  is  measured  by  the  change 
of  angular  momentum  it  produces  in  unit  time  in  a  rigid 
body  pivoted  about  that  axis, 

for  since  A.=-=r 

L=IA. 
To  find  the  Kinetic  Energy  of  a  rigid  body  rotat- 
ing about  a  fixed  axle. — At  any  given  instant  every 
particle  is  moving  in  the  direction  of  the  tangent  to  its  cir- 
cular path  with  a  speed  v,  and  its  kinetic  energy  is  therefore 
equivalent  to  ^mv^  units  of  work,  and  since  this  is  true  for 

all  the  particles  the  kinetic  energy  may  be  written  2f  ^^). 

But  for  any  particle  the  tangential  speed  2;=ra)  where  r  is 
the  distance  of  the  particle  from  the  axis  and  w  is  the  angular 
velocity ; 

.-.  kinetic  energy =2 — - —  units  of  work, 

Z 

and  in  a  rigid  body  w  is  the  same  for  every  particle ; 

.-.    the  kinetic  energy=(o''J2(mr''), units  of  work, 
=JIa)'  units  of  work,  t 
The  student  will  observe   that  this   expression  is   exactly 

*  When  the  body  is  not  moving  with  simple  rotation  about  a  given 
fixed  axis,  «  is  not  generally  the  same  for  all  the  particles,  and  the 
angular  momentum  about  that  axis  is  then  defined  as  the  sum  of  the 
angular  momenta  of  the  particles,  viz.  2(wr2w). 

t  It  will  be  remembered  that  the  unit  of  work  referred  to  will 
depend  on  the  unit  chosen  for  I.  If  the  unit  moment  of  inertia  be  that 
of  1  lb.  at  distance  of  one  foot,  then  the  unit  of  work  referred  to 
will  be  the  foot-poundal  (British  Absolute  System).  If  the  unit 
moment  of  inertia  be  that  of  a  'slug'  at  distance  of  one  foot,  then  the 
unit  of  work  referred  to  will  be  the  foot-pound. 


Rotation  under  the  Influence  of  Torque.      23 

analogous  to  the  corresponding  expression  \mv^  for  the  kinetic 
energy  of  translation. 


Work  done  by  a  Couple, — When  a  couple  in  a  plane 
at  right  angles  to  the  fixed  axis  about  which  a  rigid  body  is 
pivoted,  turas  the  body  through  an  angle  ^,  the  moment  of 
the  couple  retaining  the  same  value  (L)  during  the  rotation, 
then  the  work  done  by  the  couple  is  \S. 

For  the  couple  is  equivalent  in  its  effect  on  the  rotation  to 
a  single  force   of  magnitude   L   acting  at 
unit  distance  from  the  axis,  and  always  at 
right  angles  to  the  same  radius  during  the 
rotation. 

In  describing  the  unit  angle,  or  1  radian, 
this  force  advances  its  point  of  application 
through  unit  distance  along  the  arc  of  the  yjo.  10. 

circle,  and  therefore  does  L  units  of  work, 
and  in  describing  an  angle  Q  does  Ld  units  of  work. 

Analogy  with  the  expression  for  the  work  done 
by  a  force,  in  rectilinear  motion. — It  will  be  observed 
that  this  expression  for  the  measure  of  the  work  done  by  a 
couple  is  exactly  analogous  to  that  for  the  work  done  by  a 
force  in  rectilinear  motion,  for  this  is  measured  by  the  pro- 
duct of  the  force  and  the  distance  through  which  it  acts 
measured  in  the  direction  of  the  force. 

If  the  couple  be  L  poundal-foot  units,  then  the  work  done 
in  turning  through  an  angle  Q  is  L0  foot-poundals.  If  the 
couple  bo  L  pound-foot  units,  then  the  work  done  will  be  L^ 
foot-pounds. 


Dynamics  of  Rotation. 


Change  of  Kinetic  Energy  due  to  a  Couple.— 

When  the  body  on  which  the  couple  acts  is  perfectly  free 
to  turn  about  a  fixed  axis  perpendicular  to  the  plane  of  the 
couple,  it  is  easy  to  see  that  the  work  done  by  the  couple  is 
equal  to  the  change  in  the  kinetic  energy  of  rotation. 

For  if  A  be  the  angular  acceleration,  a>^  the  initial,  and  w 
the  final  value  of  the  angular  velocity,  then  (see  equation  iii. 
p.  4) 

2  3 

0>    — CO 
.  .      17: 


2A 


and  A=Y-; 


= Final  kinetic  energy— Initial  kinetic  energy. 

Radius  of  Gyration. — It  is  evident  that  if  we  could 
condense  the  whole  of  the  matter  in  a  body  into  a  single 
particle  there  would  always  be  some  distance  "k  from  the  axis 
at  which  if  the  particle  were  placed  it  would  have  the  same 
moment  of  inertia  as  the  body  has. 

This  distance  is  called  the  radius  of  gyration  of  the  body 
with  respect  to  the  axis  in  question.  It  is  defined  by  the 
relation 

M  2m' 

M  being  the  mass  of  the  body  and  equal  to  the  sum  of  the 
masses  of  its  constituent  particles. 

[We  may,  if  we  please,  regard  any  body  as  built  up  of  a  very 
great  number  (n)  of  equal  particles,  each  of  the  same  mass, 


Rotation  under  the  Influence  of  Torqne,      25 


which  are  more  closely  packed  together  where  the  matter 
is  dense,  less  closely  where  it  is  rare. 
Then  M=nm  and  2(77ir')  =  7n2r", 

so  that  A;'=w —  =  — , 
iim      n 

ue.  k*  is  the  value  obtained  by  adding  up  the  squares  of  the 
distances  from  the  axis  of  the  several  equal  particles  and 
dividing  by  the  number  of  terms  thus  added  together.  That 
is,  we  may  regard  k*  as  the  average  value  of  the  square  of  the 
distance  from  the  axis  to  the  several  constituent  equal  par- 
ticles of  the  rigid  body.] 

In  a  few  cases,  such  as  those  of  the  thin  hoops  or  thin  hol- 
low cylinder  figured  on  p.  21,  the  value  of  the  radius  of 
gyration  is  obvious  from  simple  inspection,  being  equal  to  the 
radius  of  the  hoop  or  cylinder. 

This  is  approximately  true  also  for  a  fly-wheel  of  which  the 
mass  of  the  spokes  may  be  neglected  in  comparison  with  that 
of  the  rim,  and  in  which  the  width  of  the  rim  in  the  direction 
of  a  radius  is  small  compared  to  the  radius  itself. 

Numerical  Examples. — Wo  now  give  a  number  of 
numerical  L'xanij)lc3,  with  solutions,  in  illustration  of  the  prin- 
ciples estal)li.shcd  in  tliis  chapter.  After  reading  these  the 
student  should  work  for  himself  examples  1,  3,  6,  9,  10,  14, 
and  15,  at  the  close  of  Chapter  III. 

BzamplA  1.—A  whed  weighing  81  /&«.,  and  whose  radvut  ofgyraUon 
it  8  inches^  it  acted  on  by  a  couple  whose  moment  it  5  vound-foot  unitt 
for  half  a  minute  ;  find  the  rate  of  rotation  produced, 

Ut  Method  of  <So/i4<u>n.— Taking  1  lb.  ns  unit  moss.  The  unit 
force  ii  the  pouiidal ; 

/.    I(=Mit«)  =  81  x(iy  =  81  xllb..ft.«uuito  =  36  unita. 


26  Dynamics  of  Rotation, 

Moment  of  force  or  torque=5xgr  poundal-ft.   units  =  5x32  =  160 
units  (nearly) ; 

angular  acceleration  =  A = torque  ^160^40 

moment  of  inertia     36      9 
radians  per  sec.  each  second  ; 

the  angular  velocity  generated  in  half  a  minute 

=o)  =  Ai=  -^x  30  radians  per  sec. 

400     ^. 
=-;r-  radians  per  sec. 
o 

400      1    , 
=  -ir^TT-  turns  per  sec 
3       Stt 

=  -^x  '1589  turns  per  sec.  =  1271*2  turns  per  minute. 


2ud  Method  of  Solution. — Taking  the  unit  of  force  as  1  pound,  then 

the  unit  of  mass  is  1  slug  =  32  lbs.  (nearly), 

81 
the  mass  of  the  body  is  ^  slugs, 

Torque  =  5  pound-foot  units  ; 

1  1      X-  A  torque  ^      9    40 

.*.     angular  acceleration  =  A  =  .    \.  . — -^  =  5  -^  o  =  -?r 

moment  oi  inertia  8      9 

radians  per  sec.  each  second  ; 

.'.,  as  before,  the  rate  of  rotation  produced  in  one  half-min. 

=  1271 '2  turns  per  minute. 

Example  2. — Find  the  torque  which  in  one  minute  ivill  stop  the 
rotation  of  a  wheel  whose  mass  is  160  lbs.  and  radius  of  gyration 
1  ft.  6  in.  and  which  is  rotating  at  a  rate  of  10  turns  per  second. 
Find  also  the  number  of  turns  the  wheel  will  make  in  stopping. 

\st  Solution. — Using  British  absolute  units.  The  unit  of  mass  is 
1  lb.,  the  unit  of  force  1  poundal. 

I  =  MA;2  =  160  X  (I)  units  =  360  units. 

Angular  velocity  to  be  destroyed =«  =  10  x  27r  radians  per  sec.=207r  ; 


Rotation  under  the  Influejice  of  Torque,      27 

,*.  this  is  to  be  destroyed  in  60  sec  ;  .'.  angular  acceleration  required 

«=  — ^= J  radians  per  sec  each  second. 
60     3 

The  torque  required  to  give  this  to  the  body  in  question 
=  moment  of  inertia  x  angular  acceleration  =  360  x  — 

■»1207r  poundal-foot  units 

120ir     15  ,  -. 

=  — —  s=—  rt  pound-ft.  units. 

The  ETerage  angular  velocity  during  the  stoppage  is  half  the  initial 
velocity,  or  5  turns  per  second,  therefore  the  number  of  turns  made 
in  the  60  seconds  required  for  stopping  the*  wheel  =  60  x  5  =  300. 


2n(i  Solution. — Using  Engineer's  or  gravitation  units.    The  unit 

force  is  1  pound.     The  unit  mass  is  1  slug  =  32  lbs.  nearly. 

^     --,,    160     /3\2      .,        45      ., 
I  =  MA;2  =  -— -x(  YJ  units  =  —  units. 

The  angular  velocity  to  be  destroyed  =  10  x  2ir  radians  per  sec. 
The  time  in  which  it  is  to  be  destroyed  is  60  sec; 

,'.    angular  acceleration  =A=  ^^=0  radians  per  sec.  each  sec 

bO      0 

The  torque  required  to  give  this  to  the  body  in  question 

»IxA=-r x-;r-=-7-7r  pound-ft.  units  as  before. 
4       3       4 


Example  S,—A  cord,  8  feet  long,  is  torapped  round  the  axle,  4  inches 
in  diameter,  of  a  heavy  wheel,  and  is  pulled  vnth  a  constant  force  of 
m  jxmnds  till  it  is  aU  unvxmnd  and  comes  off.  The  wheel  is  (hen 
found  to  be  rotating  90  times  a  minute  ;  find  its  moment  of  inertia. 

^Million.— Using  British  absolute  units.  The  unit  of  mass  is  1  lb. 
and  of  force  1  poundal. 

The  force  of  60  pounds  »  60  x  32  poundala.  This  is  exerted  through 
a  distance  of  8  feet ; 

.-.    the  work  done  by  the  force  ■»  8  x  60  x  32  ft-poundals. 

The  K.E.  of  rotation  generated  -  4I«'-4Ix(^^^/- 


28  Dynamics  of  Rotation. 

Equating  the  two  we  have 

ilx97r2=8x  60x32; 
.     1  =  2x^x60x32 1^.^,,^^.,^^ 
On"*' 
It  will  be  observed  that  this  result  is  independent  of  the  diameter 
of  the  axle  round  which  the  cord  is  wound,  which  is  not  involved  in 
the  solution.     The  torque  exerted  would  indeed  be  greater  if  the  axle 
were  of  greater  diameter,  but  the  cord  would  be  unwound  propor- 
tionately sooner,  so  that  the  angular  velocity  generated  would  remain 
the  same. 


JJdng  Engineer's  or  gravitation  unitSy  the  solution  is  as  follows  : — 
The  unit  of  force  is  1  pound  and  of  mass  1  slug. 
The  work  done  by  the  60  pound  force  in  advancing  through  8 
feet  =  8  X  60  =  480  ft.  pounds. 

The  K.E.  of  rotation  generated  =  JIa)2=p  x  (^^i^^'^Vfoot-pounds 

of  work. 

Equating  the  two  we  have 

ilx97r2=480j 

J     2  X  480,  ,      -,  „      .,  V 
I  =    Q  2    (slug-f t.2  umts) 

2x480x32,,    „,2      .,        ,    » 
=  — jr-s —  Ib.-ft.'^  units  as  before. 


Example  4. — A  heavy  wheel  rotating  180  times  a  minute  is  brought 
to  rest  in  40  sec.  by  a  uniform  friction  of  12  pounds  applied  at  a  dis- 
tance of  lb  inches  from  the  axis.  How  long  would  it  tale  to  be 
brought  to  rest  by  the  same  friction  if  two  small  masses  each  weighing 
1  lb.  loere  attached  at  opposite  sides  of  the  axw,  and  at  a  distance  of 
two  feet  from  it. 

Solution. — 1st.  Using  Engineer's  or  gravitation  units.  The  unit  of 
force  is  1  pound  and  of  mass  1  slug.  In  order  to  find  the  effect  of  in- 
creasing the  nioiuent  of  inertia  we  must  first  find  the  moment  of  inertia 
Ij  of  the  unloaded  wheel     This  is  directly  as  the  torque  required  to 


Rotation  imder  the  Influence  of  Torgue.      29 

stop  it,  directly  as  the  time  taken  to  stop  it,  and  inversely  as  the 
angular  velocity  destroyed  in  that  time.    Thus 

12xi^x40 
I  —         ^^ 
*        18()x27r 


CO 

15x40     100    ,       r    *2 

B =  —  slug-foot'  units. 

677  tr         ** 

The  moment  of  inertia  in  the  second  case  is 
Ij=Ii  +  2mr* 

=  I  +  — x2« 
9 

100     8  .      ,  , 

^ —  +  —  approximately. 

Thus  the  moment  of  inertia  is  increased  in  the  ratio 
100     8^ 

rr 

iind  the  time  required  for  the  same  retarding  torque  to  destroy  the 
same  angular  velocity  is  therefore  greater  in  this  same  ratio,  and  is 

now  40  sec.  +  06  ^  1^  ^  ^^  ^^^- =40-31416  sec 


Or,  Mting  absolute  uniti^  thus 
The  unit  of  mass  is  1  lb.,  the  unit  force  1  poundal — 
The  moment  of  inertia  I,  of  the  unloaded  wheel  is  directly  as  the 
torque  required  to  stop  its  rotation,  directly  as  the  time  required,  and 
inversely  as  the  angular  velocity  destroyed  in  that  time,  and  is  equal 

12x32x^^x40 

60 

.     32x16x40x60      .^    ,  ,  ,  . 

or  I,- 5 — units  (approximately) 

o  X  2fr 

3200,.    .,,      . 
■■ Ib.-ft.*  units. 


30  Dynamics  of  Rotation. 

The  moment  of  inertia  in  the  second  case 

IT 

.'.    the  moment  of  inertia  is  increased  in  the  ratio  of 

3200     o       3200 

ho  :    ; 

n  IT 

and  therefore  the  time  required  for  the  same  retarding  torque  to 

destroy  the  same  angular  velocity  is  increased  in  the  same  proportion, 

and  is  now 

40  sec.  +  40  sec.  x  -2iil=40-31  sec.  approximately  (as  before). 


Note  to  Chapter  II. 

In  order  to  bring  the  substance  of  this  chapter  with  greater  vivid- 
ness and  reality  before  the  mind  of  the  student,  we  have  preferred  to 
take  it  as  a  matter  of  observation  and  experiment  that  the  power  of  a 
force  to  produce  angular  acceleration  in  a  rigid  body  pivoted  about 
a  fixed  axle  is  proportional  to  the  product  of  the  force  and  its  distance 
from  the  axis,  i.e.  to  its  moment  in  the  technical  sense.  But  this 
result,  together  with  the  fact  that  what  we  termed  the  *  rotational 
inertia '  of  a  body  is  given  by  2(mr2),  might  have  been  obtained  as  a 
direct  deduction  from  Newton's  Laws  of  Motion.  We  now  give 
this  deduction,  premising  first  a  statement  of  d'Alembert's  Principle, 
which  may  be  enunciated  as  follows  :  *  In  considering  the  resultant 
mass-acceleration  produced  in  any  direction  in  the  particles  of  any 
material  system,  it  is  only  necessary  to  consider  the  values  of  the 
external  forces  acting  on  the  system.' 

For  every  force  is  to  be  measured  by  the  mass-acceleration  it  pro- 
duces in  its  own  direction  (Newton's  Second  Law  of  Motion),  and 
also  every  force  acts  between  two  portions  of  matter  and  is  accom- 
panied by  equal  and  opposite  reaction,  producing  an  equal  and 
opposite  mass-acceleration  (Newton's  Third  Law).  The  action  and 
reaction  constitute  what  we  call  a  stress.  When  the  two  portions  of 
matter,  between  which  a^  stress  acts,  are  themselves  parts  of  the 
system,  it  follows  that  the  resultant  mass-acceleration  thereby  pro- 
duced in  the  system  is  zero.  The  stress  is  in  this  case  called  an 
internal  stress,  and  the  two  forces  internal  forces.  But  though  the 
forces  are  internal  to  the  system,  yet  they  are  external,  or,  as  Newton 


z 


Rotation  under  the  Influence  of  Torq^ie.     3 1 

called  them,  'impressed'  forces  on  the  two  particles  respectively. 
Hence,  considering  Newton's  Second  Law  of  Motion  to  be  the  record 
solely  of  observations  on  particles  of  matter,  we  may  count  up  the 
forces  acting  in  any  direction  on  any  material  system  and  write  them 
equal  to  the  sum  of  the  mass-accelerations  in  the  same  direction,  but 
in  doing  so  we  ought,  in  the  first  instance  at  any  rate,  to  include  these 
internal  forces,  thus 

'  external  forces  \,x>(  internal  forces  \_2  /mass-accelerationX 
in  any  direction)         I  in  same  direction  J     ^  I  in  same  direction) 

We  now  see  that  2(intemal  forces)  =  0. 
Hence  we  obtain  as  a  deduction 

.  /external    forces\   _  ^  /'n)ass-accelerations\ 
Vin  any  direction/  V  ^^  same  direction  /' 

or    2E  =  2(7wa). 

This  justifies  the  extension  of  Newton's  law  from  particles  to  bodies 
or  systems  of  particles.  If  any  forces  whatever  act  on  a  free  rigid 
body,  then  whether  the  body  is  thereby  caused  to  rotate  or  not,  the 
sum  of  the  mass-accelerations  in  any  direction  is  equal  to  the  sum  of 
the  resolutes  of  the  applied  forces  in  the  same  direction. 

Now,  since  the  line  of  action  of  a  force  on  a  particle  is  the  same  as 
the  line  of  the  mass-acceleration,  we  may  multiply  both  the  force  and 
the  mass-acceleration  by  the  distance  r  of  this  line  from  the  axis,  and 
thus  write 


the  moment  about  any  axis  of  "j  (  moment  of  the  mass-accelera- 

the  force,  on  any  particle,  }•   =    S      tion>  along  that  line,  of  the 
along  any  line,  J  (     same  particle, 

and,  therefore,  summing  up  the  results  for  all  the  particles  of  any 
system,  we  have 

{moments  about  any  axis  of)  (  moments  about  the  same  J 

all  the  forces  acting  on  the  >    =  2  <      axis  of  the  mass-acccle-  > 
particles  of  the  system      )  (      rations  of  the  particles,  ) 

^.  -  /moments  of  the  extemalX  ,«  /moments  of  the  intemal\ 
^'^V    foroet  j+^V    forces  ) 

=  2 /moments  of  the  mass-X 
\    accelerations.  / 

Now,  not  only  are  the  two  forces  of  an  internal  stress  between  two 


32  D) mam ics  of  Rotation . 

particles  equal  and  opposite,  but  they  are  along  the  same  straight  liney* 
and  hence  have  equal  and  opposite  moments  about  any  axis  what- 
ever, hence  the  second  term  on  the  left  side  of  the  above  equation  is 
always  zero,  and  we  are  left  with 

_  /moments  of  the  external\  _^  /moments   of  the  massA 
V    forces  /         \    accelerations.  / 

Now,  we  may  resolve  the  acceleration  of  any  particle  into  three 
rectangular  components,  one  along  the  radius  drawn  from  the  particle 
perpendicular  to  the  axis,  one  parallel  to  the  axis,  and  one  perpen- 
dicular to  these  two.  It  is  only  this  latter  component  (which  we  will 
call  ap)  that  has  any  moment  about  the  axis  in  question,  and  its 
moment  is  rap,  where  r  is  the  length  of  the  radius. 

Thus  the  moment  of  the  mass-acceleration  of  any  particle  of  mass 
m  may  be  written  mrap. 

Now,  in  the  case  of  a  particle  which  always  retains  the  same  dis- 
tance (r)  from  the  axis,  ap  is  the  rate  of  increase  of  the  tangential 
speed  T,  and  if  a>  be  the  angular  velocity  about  the  axis,  'o=r(ii.  So 
that  ap= rate  of  increase  of  rw. 

Also,  r  being  constant,  the  rate  of  increase  of  rw  is  r  times  the  rate 
of  increase  of  a>.  Hence,  in  this  case,  ap  =  rd>f  and  if,  further,  the 
whole  system  consists  of  particles  so  moving,  and  with  the  same 
angular  velocity,  i.e.  if  it  is  a  rigid  body  rotating  about  a  fixed  axle, 
then  for  such  a  body  so  moving 

2  (moments  of  the  mass-accelerations)  =  2mrra). 

=  (o2mr". 

Hence,  in  this  case 

2  (moments  of  the  external  forces)  =  angular  acc'^  x  2{mr^ 

or    the    angular    acceleration  =  S^^^I^^Ll^ffi! . 

2{mr^) 


*  This  is,  perhaps,  not  explicitly  stated  by  Newton,  but  if  it  were  not 
true,  then  the  action  and  reaction  between  two  particles  of  a  rigid 
body  would  constitute  a  couple  giving  a  perpetually  increasing  rotation 
to  the  rigid  body  to  which  they  belonged,  and  affording  an  indefinite 
supply  of  energy.    No  such  instance  has  been  observed  in  Nature. 


CHAPTER    III. 

DEFINITIONS,  AXIOMS,  AND  ELEMENTARY  THEOREMS  NECES- 
SARY FOR  DEALING  WITH  MOMENTS  OF  INERTIA. 
ROUTH'S  rule  AND   ITS  APPLICATION. 

CJoNSTANT  use  will  be  made  of  the  following  Definitions 
and  Propositions. 

Definition. — By  a  slight  extension  of  language  we  speak 
of  the  moment  of  inertia  of  a  given  area  with  respect  to  any  axis, 
meaning  the  moment  of  inertia  which  the  figure  would  have 
if  cut  out  of  an  indefinitely  thin,  perfectly  uniform  rigid 
material  of  unit  mass  per  unit  area,  so  that  the  mass  of  the 
figure  is  numerically  equal  to  its  area.  This  dynamical  defini- 
tion becomes  purely  geometrical,  if  we  say  that  the  moment  of 
inertia,  with  respect  to  any  axis,  of  an  area  A,  and  of  which 
the  indefinitely  small  parts  a„  o„  a„  .  .  .  are  at  distance 
r„  ft,  .     .     .     from  the  axis,  is  equal  to 

a,r,'-fa,r,«-fa,r,"4.       .     .     . 
=v(a/*). 
It  will  be  observed  that  the  area  may  be  either  plane  or 
curved. 

Definition. — In  the  same  way  the  moment  of  inertia 
about  any  axis  of  any  solid  figure  or  volume  V,  of  which 
V,  V,  r,  .  .  .  are  the  indefinitely  small  constituent  parts, 
may  be  defined  as 

0 


34 


Dynamics  of  Rotation. 


Axiom. — The  moment  of  inertia  of  a  body  with  respect  to 
any  axis  is  the  sum  of  the  moments  of  inertia  of  any  con- 
stituent parts  into  which  we  may  conceive  it  divided,  and 
similarly  the  moment  of  inertia  with  respect  to  any  axis  of  any 
given  surface  or  volume  is  equal  to  the  sum  of  the  moments 
of  inertia  of  any  constituent  parts  into  which  we  may  con- 
ceive the  surface  or  volume  divided.  This  follows  from  the 
definitions  just  given. 

Illustration. — Thus  the  moment  of  inertia  of  a  peg-top, 
shaped  as  in  the  figure,  about  its  axis  of  re- 
volution, is  equal  to  the  moment  of  inertia  of 
the  hemispherical  dome  of  wood  ABC-}- that 
of  the  conical  frustum  ABDE-f  that  of  the 
conical  point  of  steel  DE. 

Axiom. — It  is  evident  that  the  radius  of 
gyration  of  any  right  prism  of  uniform  density 
about  any  axis  perpendicular  to  its  base  is  the  same  as  that 
of  the  base.  For  we  may  conceive  the  solid  divided  by  an  in- 
definite number  of  parallel  planes  into 
thin  slices,  each  of  the  same  shape  as 
the  base. 

Thus,  if  Z;  be  radius  of  gyration  of 
the  basal  figure,  and  M  the  mass  of 
the  prism,  the  moment  of  inertia  is 
MA;*  units,  and  this  holds  whether 
the  axis  cuts  the  figure  as  OaO'j,  or 
does  not  cut  it  as  OiO'i. 

Thus  the  problem  of  finding  the 
moment  of  inertia  of  an  ordinary 
lozenge-shaped  compass  needle,  such 
as    that    figured,    reduces    to    that 


O/ 


o; 


■g\^.  12. 


Moments  of  Inertia — Elementary  Theorems,    35 


of  finding  the  radius  of  gyration  about  00'  of  the  horizontal 
cross-section  ABCD. 

Proposition    \,  —  The   moment   of 
mertia  of  a  lamina  abijut  any  axis  Oz 
perpendicvlar  to  its  plane^  is  equal  to  the 
8um  of  its  moments  of  inertia  about  any 
two  rectangular  axes  Ox  and  Oy  in  its 
plane,  and  intersecting  at  the  point  0  where  the  axis  Oz  meets  the 
plane  of  the  lamina.     Or, 
in  an  obvious  notation, 
I.=Ix+I,. 
Proof. — From  the  figure 
we  have  at  once 
I,=2(mr') 
=2m(x'+y*) 
=1mx*-{-2my* 

no.  14. 

Bzamiaa.  — We   have   al- 
ready seen  that  a  thin  hoop  of  radius  r  and  mass  m  has  a  moment 
of  inertia  Mr*  about  a  central  " 

axis  perpendicular  to  its  plane. 

Let  I  be  ita  moment  of  inertia 
aboat  a  diameter.  Then  I  ia 
also  its  moment  of  inertia  about 
a  Moond  diameter  perpendicular 
to  the  former;  .'.  by  this  pro- 
petition 

2I-Mr«; 
.-.  I-Mr* 

ic*  the  moment  of  inertia  of 
a  hoop  about  a  diameter  is  only 
half  that  about  a  oeotral  axis  perpendicular  to  the  pkne  of  the  hoop 


36  Dynamics  of  Rotation. 

Routh's  Rule  for  finding  the  Moment  of  Inertia 
about  an  Axis  of  Symmetry  in  certain  cases.— When 
the  axis  about  which  the  moment  of  inertia  is  required  passes 
through  the  centre  of  figure  of  the  body  and  is  also  an  axis 
of  symmetry,  then  the  value  of  the  moment  of  inertia  in  a 
large  number  of  simple  cases  is  given  by  the  following  rule  of 
Dr.  Routh  :— 

Moment  of  inertia  about  an  axis  of  symmetry 

— M      V  ^^^™  ^^  ^^  squares  of  the  perpendicular  semi-axes 

3,  4,  or  5, 
T  2  _  sum  of  the  squares  of  the  perpendicular  semi-axes 

The  denominator  is  to  be  3,  4,  or  5,  according  as  the  body  is 
a  rectangle,  ellipse  (including  circle),  or  ellipsoid  (including 
sphere). 

This  rule  is  simply  a  convenient  summary  of  the  results 
obtained  by  calculation.  The  calculation  of  the  quantity 
2(m7'^)  is,  in  any  particular  case,  most  readily  performed  by  the 
process  of  integration,  but  the  result  may  also  be  obtained,  in 
some  cases,  by  simple  geometry.  We  give  in  Chapter  IV. 
examples  of  the  calculation  in  separate  cases,  and  it  will  be 
seen  that  they  are  all  rightly  summarised  by  the  rule  as  given. 

Examples  of  tlie  Application  of  Dr.  Routh's  Rule. — To  find  the 

radius  of  gyration  in  the  following  cases  : — 

(1)  0/  a  rectangle  of  sides  (2a)  and  (2b)  about  a  central 
axis  perpendicular  to  its  plane. 

Here  the  semi-axes,  perpendicular  to  each  other  and 
to  the  axis  in  question,  are  a  and  b ;  therefore,  apply- 
ing the  rule,  we  have 


Fia.  16.  k"^- 


a2  +  6« 


3 

(2)  Of  the  same  rectangle  about  a  central  axis  in  its  plane  per- 
pendicular to  one  side  (b).     Here  the  semi-axes,  perpendicular  to 


Moments  of  Inertia — Eleynentary  Theorems,     37 

each  other  and  to  the  axis  in  question,  are  6  and  0  (see  fig.  17),  (since 
the  figure  has  no  dimensions  perpendicular  to  its  own  plane) ; 

•    ^'         3"   ~3  • 


(3)  0/  a  circular  area  of  radius  r  about  a  central  axis 
perpendicular  to  its  plane.  Here  the  semi-axes,  perpen- 
diailar  to  each  other  and  to  the  axis  of  symmetry  in 
question,  are  r  and  r  ; 

/  applying  Routh's  rule 


ShL 


W 


FIO.  17 


(4)  0/  a  circular  area  ahont  a  central  a:cis  in  the  plane  of  the  circle. 
The  semi-axes,  perpendicular  to  each  other  and  to  the  axis  in 

question,  are  r  and  o  ; 
.'.  applying  Routh's  rule 

~     4  4* 

(5)  Of  uniform  sphere  about  any  central  axis 

*  5"  "5 

(•)  The  moment  of  inertia  of  a  uniform  thin  rod  about  a  central 
axisptrpmdieular  to  its  length. 

I=Mas8  X  — 1_  =Mass  x  _. 


Theorem  of  Parallel  Axes.— When  the  moment  of 
inertia  of  any  body  about  an  axis  through  the  centre  of  mass 
(coincident with  the  centre  of  gravity  *)  is  known,  its  moment  of 

•  The  centre  of  gravity  of  a  body  or  system  of  heavy  particles  is  de- 
fined in  statics  as  the  centre  of  the  parallel  forces  constituting  the 
weights  of  the  respective  particles,  and  its  distance  x  from  any  plane 
la  shown  to  be  given  by  the  relation 

WiXi  +  Wtr^^w^+       .     .     .      •ftf,g, 

IPl+IO,+ +IC, 

2(ipx) 


38  Dynamics  of  Rotation, 

inertia  about  any  parallel  axis  can  be  found  by  applying  the 
following  proposition : — 

Proposition  II. — The  moment  of  inertia  of  any  body  about  any 
axis  is  equal  to  its  moment  of  inertia  about  a  parallel  axis  through 
its  centre  of  mass,  plus  the  moment  of  inertia  which  the  body  would 
have  about  the  given  axis  if  all  collected  at  its  centre  of  mass. 

Thus,  if  I  be  the  moment  of  inertia  about  the  given  axis, 
Ig  that  about  the  parallel  axis  through  th*e  centre  of  mass, 

and  R  the  distance  of  the  centre 
of  gravity  from  the  given  axis, 
and  M  the  mass  of  the  body. 
I=I,+MR^ 
Proof — Let  the  axis  of  rota- 
tion cut  the  plane  of  the  dia- 
gram in  0,and  let  a  parallel  axis 
FIG.  18.        ^^  through  the  centre  of  mass  (or 

centre  of  gravity)  of  the  body 
cut  the  same  plane  in  G,  and  let  P  be  the  projection  on  this 

where  tOj,  102    ....     are  the  weights  of  the  respective  particles, 
and  Xi,  x^    .     .     .     .     their  distances  from  the  plane  in  question. 

Now,  since  the  weight  {iv)  of  any  piece  of  matter  is  found  by  ex- 
periment to  be  proportional  to  its  mass  or  inertia  (m),  we  may  substi- 
tute (m)  for  (w)  in  the  above  equation,  and  we  thus  obtain 

_  _  2{mx) 

*-    27n    * 
For  this  reason  the  point  in  question  is  also  called  the  centre  of  mass,  or 
centre  of  inertia. 

If  the  weiglit  of  {i.e.  the  earth-pull  on)  each  particle  were  not  pro- 
portional to  its  mass,  then  the  distance  of  the  centre  of  gravity  from 

any  plane  would  still  be  -4r-  J  hut  the  distance  of  the  centre  of  mass 

from  the  same  plane  would  be  ~ — •'  and  tho  two  points  would  not 
then  coincide. 


Moments  of  Inertia — Elementary  Theorems.     39 


plane  of  any  particle  of  the  body.  Let  m  be  the  mass  of  the 
particle.  OP  and  GP  are  projections  of  the  radii  from  the  two 
axes  respectively.  Let  PN  be  perpendicular  to  OG.  Then. 
sinoe  OP'=OG»+GP"-20G.GN; 

.-.  2(mOP*)=2(mOG»)+2(mGP»)-20G.5:(wGN) 
=MOG*4-2(7nGP')-0, 
for,  since  G  is  the  projection  of  the  centre  of  mass,  the  posi- 
tive terms  in  the  summation  2(mGN)  must  cancel  the  negative. 
(The  body  in  fact  would  balance  about  any  line  through  G.) 
Thus.  I=MR=+V 

Applications. — (1)  To  find  the  moment  of  inertia  of  a  door 
aboni  Us  hinges. 

Regarding  the  door  as  a  uniform  thin  lamina 
of  breadth  a  and  mass  M,  we  see  that  its 
moment  of  inertia,  about  a  parallel  axis  through 
its  centre  of  gravity,  is 


...  .-MS+M(|y.Mf. 


no.  ly. 


(2)  To  find  the  moment  of  inertia  of  a  uniform  circular  disc 
about  a  tangent  in  its  plane. 


_M'l+?' 


I,=M 


(by  Routh's  rule), 


andI=I,+  Mr« 
(3)  Tojkd  the  moment  of  inertia  of  a  uniform 


40 


Dynamics  of  Rotation, 


bar  or  other  prism  about  a  central  am  perpendicular  to  its  length, 
where  the  bar  is  not  thin. 

(For  example  of  a  bar-magnet 
of  circular  cross-section  suspended 
by  a  fine  thread  as  in  the  fig.) 

For  the  sake  of  being  able  to 
deal  with  a  case  like  this,  which 
is  of  very  common  occurrence, 
we  shall  prove  the  following : — 


no.  21. 


Proposition  III. — The  moment  of  inertia  of  any  uniform 
right  prism,  of  any  cross  section  whatever  about  a  central  axis 
perpendicular  to  the  line  joining  the  centres  of  gravity  of  the  ends, 
is  equal  to  the  moment  of  inertia  of  the  same  prism  considered  as 
a  thin  bar,  plus  the  moment  of  inertia  that  the  prism  would 
have  if  condensed  by  endwise  contraction  into  a  single  thin  slice 
at  the  axis. 

Proof — Let  g,  gi,  be  the  centres  of  gravity  of  the  ends  of 
the  prism. 


itt 


^ 


^^ 


no.  22. 


Imagine  the  prism  divided  into  an  indefinite  number  of 
elementary  thin  slices  by  planes  parallel  to  the  ends.     The 


Moments  of  Inertia — Elementary  Theorems,   41 

line  ^,  ^1,  contains  the  centre  of  gravity  of  each  slice  and  of 
the  whole  prism.  Let  r  be  the  distance  of  any  one  of  these 
slices  from  the  centre  of  gravity  (G)  of  the  whole  prism,  and  m 
the  mass  of  the  slice.  Then  the  moment  of  inertia  i  of  this 
slice  about  the  given  axis  00'  is,  by  the  theorem  of  parallel 
axes,  given  by  t = /, + mr^^ 

where  »,  is  the  moment  of  inertia  of  the  slice  about  a  parallel 
axis  through  its  centre  of  gravity  \ 

,\  the  whole  moment  of  inertia  I  required  is 
I=2(t,+7nr>) 

and  It,  is  the  same  as  the  moment  of  inertia  I,  of  all  the  slices 
condensed  into  a  single  slice ;  thus  the  proposition  is  proved. 
This  theorem  is  of  use  in  questions  involving  the  oscillations 
of  a  cylindrical  bar  magnet  under  the  influence  of  the  hori- 
zontal component  of  the  earth's  magnetic  force. 


42  Dynamics  of  Rotation. 


Examples  for  Solution. 

{In  these,  as  in  all  other  Examples  in  the  hook,  the  answers  given 
are  approximate  only.  Unless  otherwise  stated^  the  value  of  g  is  taken 
as  32  feet  per  second  each  second,  instead  0/  32 '19.) 

(1)  A  heavy  wheel  has  a  cord  10  feet  long  coiled  round  the  axle. 
This  cord  is  pulled  with  a  constant  force  of  25  pounds  till  it  is  all 
unwound  and  comes  off.  The  wheel  is  then  found  to  be  rotating 
5  times  a  second.  Find  its  moment  of  inertia.  Also  find  how  long 
a  force  of  5  pounds  applied  at  a  distance  of  3  inches  from  the  axis 
would  take  to  bring  the  wheel  to  rest. 

Ans.  (1)  16-2  lb. -ft.2  units. 
(2)  1272  sec. 

(2)  A  uniform  door  8  feet  high  and  4  feet  wide,  weighing  100  lbs., 
swings  on  its  hinges,  the  outer  edge  moving  at  the  rate  of  8  feet  per 
second.  Find  (1)  the  angular  velocity  of  the  door,  (2)  its  moment  of 
inertia  with  respect  to  the  hinges,  (3)  its  kinetic  energy  in  foot-pounds, 
(4)  the  pressure  in  pounds  which  when  applied  at  the  edge,  at  right 
angles  to  the  plane  of  the  door,  would  bring  it  to  rest  in  1  second. 

Ans.  (1)  2  radians  per  sec. 

(2)  533-3  lb.-ft.2  units. 

(3)  33-3  (nearly). 

(4)  8*3  pounds  (nearly). 

(3)  A  drum  whose  diameter  is  6  feet,  and  whose  moment  of  inertia 
is  equal  to  that  of  40  lbs.  at  a  distance  of  10  feet  from  the  axis,  is 
employed  to  wind  up  a  load  of  500  lbs.  from  a  vertical  shaft,  and  is 
rotating  120  times  a  minute  when  the  steam  is  cut  off.  How  far 
below  the  shaft-mouth  should  the  load  then  be  that  the  kinetic  energy 
of  wheel  and  load  may  just  suffice  to  carry  the  latter  to  the  surface  ? 

Ans.  41*9  feet  (nearly). 

(4)  Find  the  moment  of  inertia  of  a  grindstone  3  feet  in  diameter 
and  8  inches  thick  ;  the  specific  gravity  of  the  stone  being  2*14. 

Ans.  709-3  lb.-ft.2  units. 


Examples  on  Chapters  /.,  //.,  and  III.      43 

(6)  Find  the  kinetic  energy  of  the  same  stone  when  rotating 
5  times  in  6  seconds.  Ans.  303  7  ft.-pounds. 

(6)  Find  the  kinetic  energy  of  the  rim  of  a  fly-wheel  whose  exter- 
nal diameter  is  18  feet,  and  internal  diameter  17  feet,  and  thickness 
1  foot,  and  which  is  made  of  cast-iron  of  specific  gravity  72,  when 
rotating  12  times  per  minute. 

(.V.A— Take  the  mean  radius  of  the  rim,  viz.  8|  feet,  as  the  radius 
of  gyration.)  Ans.  233G0  ft. -pounds  (nearly). 

(7)  A  door  7^  feet  high  and  3  feet  wide,  weighing  80  lbs.,  swings 
on  its  hinges  so  that  the  outward  edge  moves  at  the  rate  of  8  feet 
per  sec.     How  much  work  must  be  expended  in  stopping  it  ? 

Ans.  853*5  foot-poundals  or  26'67  foot-pounds  (very  nearly). 

(8)  In  an  Atwood's  machine  a  mass  (M)  descending,  pulls  up  a 
mass  (m)  by  means  of  a  fine  and  practically  weightless  string  passing 
over  a  pulley  whose  moment  of  inertia  is  I,  and  which  may  be 
regarded  as  turning  without  friction  on  its  axis.  Show  that  the  ac- 
celeration a  of  either  weight  and  the  tensions  T  and  i  of  the  cord  at 
the  two  sides  of  the  pulley  are  given  by  the  equations 

a=-V-         .        .        .        W 
aJ^,        .        .        .       (U) 

a»r<o  =  — ^-| — -        .        .        .       (ill) 

where  r^  radius  of  pulley. 

What  will  equation  (iii)  become  if  there  is  a  constant  friction  of 

moment  (2)  about  the  axis  ? 


r>(T-t-:|-) 


Ans.  a= , — 

(9)  A  wheel,  whose  moment  of  inertia  is  50  Ib.-ft.*  units,  has  a 
horizontal  axle  4  inches  in  diameter  round  which  a  cord  is  wrapped, 
to  which  a  10  lb.  weight  is  hung.  Find  how  long  the  weight  will 
take  to  descend  12  feet.  Ans.  11*66  sea  (nearly). 

2>trM<iofW.— Let  time  required  =<  sec.    Then  the  avenge  velocity 

during  the  deooent  U  -  -    feet  per  sec ,  and  alnco  this  has  been  acquired 


44  Dyna7nics  of  Rotation, 

at  a  uniform  rate  the  final  velocity  of  the  weight  is  Iwico.  this.  Knowing 
now  the  final  velocity  (r)  of  the  cord  and  the  radius  (r)  of  the  axle  we 

have  tlic  angular  velocity  a)  =  -  of  the  wheel  at  the  end  of  the  descent, 

and  can  now  express  the  kinetic  energies  of  both  weight  and  wheel. 
I'lic  sum  of  these  kinetic  energies  is  equal  to  the  work  done  by  the 
earth's  pull  of  10  pounds  acting  through  12  feet,  i.e.  to  12x10  foot- 
pounds or  12  X  10  X  32  foot-poundals.    This  equality  enables  us  to  find  t. 

(10)  Find  the  moment  of  inertia  of  a  wheel  and  axle  when  a  20  lb. 
weight  attached  to  a  cord  wrapped  round  the  axle,  which  is  horizon- 
tal and  1  foot  in  diameter,  takes  10  sec.  to  descend  5  feet. 

Ans.  1595  lb.-ft.2  units. 

Directio7is. — Let  the  moment  of  inertia  required  be  I  Ib.-ft,^  units. 

5 
The  average  linear  velocity  of  the  weight  is  jq^-^* 

2x5 
Hence  final =^^  f.s.  =1  f.s.  =r. 

space  traversed  per  sec.  by  point  on  circumference  of  axle 
Angular  velocity  (a,)  = radius  of  axle 

-1-2 

Now  equate  sum  of  kinetic  energies  of  weight  and  wheel  to  work  done 
by  earth's  pull  during  the  descent. 

(11)  A  cylindrical  shaft  4  inches  in  diameter,  weighing  84  lbs., 
turns  without  appreciable  friction  about  a  horizontal  axis.  A  fine 
cord  is  wrapped  round  it  by  which  a  20  lb.  weight  hangs.  How  long 
will  the  weight  take  to  descend  12  feet  1  Ans.  t  =  l'52  sec. 

(12)  If  there  were  so  much  friction  as  to  bring  the  shaft  of  the 
previous  question  to  rest  in  1  minute  from  a  rotation  of  10  turns  per 
sec,  what  would  the  answer  have  been  ?  Ans.  \/|||^  of  1*52  sec. 

(13)  Two  weights,  of  3  lbs.,  and  5  lbs.,  hang  over  a  fixed  pulley  in 
the  form  of  a  uniform  circular  disc,  whose  weight  is  12  oz.  Find  the 
time  taken  by  either  weight  to  move  from  rest  through  ff  feet. 

Ans.  J  sec. 

(14)  Find  the  moment  of  inertia  of  a  fly-wheel  from  the  following 
data : — The  wheel  is  set  rotating  80  times  a  minute,  and  is  then 
thrown  out  of  gear  and  brought  to  rest  in  3  minutes  by  the  pressure 


Examples  on  Chapters  /.,  //.,  a7id  III.      45 

of  a  friction  brake  on  the  axle,  which  is  18  inches  in  diameter.  The 
normal  pressure  of  the  brake,  which  has  a  plane  surface,  is  200 
pounds,  and  the  coefficient  of  friction  between  brake  and  axle  is  '6. 

Ans.  61890  lb.-ft»  units. 

(15)  Prove  that  when  a  model  of  any  object  is  made  of  the  same 
material,  but  on  a  scale  n  times  less,  then  the  moment  of  inertia  of 
the  real  object  is  n*  times  that  of  the  model  about  a  corresponding 


(16)  Show  that,  on  account  of  the  rotation  of  each  wheel  of  a 
carriage,  the  effective  inertia  is  increased  by  an  amount  equal  to  the 
moment  of  inertia  divided  by  the  square  of  the  radius. 


CHAPTER    IV. 


MATHEMATICAL  PROOFS  OF  THE  DIFFERENT  CASES  INCLUDED 
UNDER  ROUTH'S  RULE. 

This  chapter  is  written  for  those  who  are  not  satisfied  to 
take  the  rule  on  trust.  In  several  cases  the  results  are  ob- 
tained by  elementary  geometry. 

On  the  Calculation  of  Moments  of  Inertia.— In 
the  previous  chapter  we  quoted  a  *  rule '  which  summarised 
the  results  of  calculation  in  various  cases.  "We  now  give,  in 
a  simple  form,  the  calculation  itself 
for  several  of  the  cases  covered  by 
the  rule. 

(1)  To  find  I  for  a  unifoi'm  thin 
rod  of  length  (R)  and  mass  (m),  per 
unit  length,  about  an  axis  through  one 
end  perpendicular  to  the  rod. 

Let  AB  be  the  rod,  OAO'  the 
axis. 

Through  B  draw  BC  perpen- 
dicular to  the  plane  OAB  and  equal 
to  AB.  On  BC,  in  a  plane  per- 
pendicular to  AB,  describe  the 
square  BCDE.  Join  A  to  the  angles 
Conceive  the  pyramid  thus  formed, 


Fio.  23. 


E,  D,  C,  of  the  square 

40 


Moments  of  Inertia — Mathematical  Proofs,    47 


which  has  A  for  vertex  and  the  square  for  base,  to  be  filled 
with  uniform  matter  of  which  the  mass  per  unit  volume  is 
the  same  as  the  mass  of  the  rod  per  unit  length,  viz.  m. 

Next,  conceive  the  pyramid  to  be  divided  into  an  indefinite 
number  of  very  thin  slices  by  planes  very  near  together  and 
parallel  to  the  square  base. 

To  each  slice  there  corresponds  an  elementary  length  of  the 
rod.  Let  r  be  the  distance  of  one  of  these  elements  from  A, 
and  «  its  very  small  length.  Then  its  mass  is  tti.s.,  and  its 
moment  of  inertia  is  m,i.r^.^  but  this  is  also  the  mass  of  the 
slice  since  its  area  is  r*  and  its  thickness  is  5. 

Thus  the  moment  of  inertia  of  each  element  of  the  rod  is 
the  same  as  the  mass  of  the  corresponding  slice  of  the  pyramid, 
and  consequently  the  moment  of  inertia  of  the  whole  rod  is 
the  same  as  the  mass  of  the  whole  pyramid, 

(.«.    1= volume  of  pyramid  x  mass  of  unit  volume 
^\  ai^ea  of  base  X  altitude  X m 

=  ^*Xm^, 

but  mR  is  the  mass  of  the  whole  rod=M ; 

.-.  I=Mxf . 

Cbr0/2ary.— If  the  rod  extended  to  an  equal  distance  AB' 


naM. 
on  the  other  side  of  the  axis,  the  moment  of  inertia  of  the 
additional  length  would  be  the  same ; 


48 


Dynamics  of  Rotation, 


.-.  the  whole  moment  of  inertia  would  now  be 

but  2M  would  be  now  the  mass  of  the  whole  rod. 

Hen<;e  we  see  that  for  a  uniform  rod  of  length  2i2,  and  mass 
M  about  a  central  axis  perpendicular  to  its  length 

..Mf. 

(It    will  be    observed    that    this    agrees    with    Routh's 
rule.) 

(2)  Case  of  a  rectangle  of  sides  2a  and  26,  turning  about  a 
central  axis  in  its  plane^  perpendicular  to  one  side  (say  to  the 
side  of  length  2a). 

It  is  obvious  at  once  that  the  radius  of  gyra- 
tion for  the  rectangle  is  the  same  as  that  of  any 
of  the  narrow  strips  into  which  it  may  be 
divided  by  lines  perpendicular  to  the  axis. 


Hence 


L=M' 


Similarly,  about  a  central   axis  in  its   plane, 
perpendicular   to    the   side    of   length    2b,   the 

moment  of  inertia  I5=M— 

(3)  Hence,  by  Proposition  I.,  p.  11,  the  moment 
of  inertia  about  a  central  axis  perpendicular  to 
the  plane  of  the  figure 

3 

which  again  is  the  expression  in  Routh's  rule. 

(4)  To  find  I  for  a  uniform  thin  circidar  disc  of  mass  M  with 
respect  to  a  central  axis  perpendicular  to  its  plane. 


Moments  of  Inertia — Mathematical  Proofs.     49 

Conceive  the  circle  divided  into  an  in- 
definitely large  number  of  very  small 
sectors  (fig.  26),  and  let  i  be  the  moment 
of  inertia  of  any  one  of  these,  then  2t  will 
be  the  moment  of  inertia  of  the  whole 
circle. 

Each  sector  may  be  regarded  as  an  iso- 
sceles triangle  of  altitude  r,  and  base  very  small  in  comparison, 

and  for  such  a  triangle  i  is  easily  shown*  to  be  equal  to  m— 

2 


•  The  proof  may  be  given  as  follows  :— Let  the  base  BC  of  any  iso- 
sceles L  ABC  be  of  length 2<,  and  the  altitude  AD  be  r.     Let  g  be  the 
centre  of  gravity  of  ADC.    Complete  the  parallelogram 
ADCF.    The  moment  of  inertia  i  of  this  parallelogram, 
about  an  axis  through  its  centre  of  gravity  F,  perpen- 


i.m(iHl)=m!f+Jl 


dicolar  to  its  plane  is  m  ^     ^  ^  =m  —  vc—  where 

3  12 

m  m  muM  of  parallelogram  and  therefore  of  A  ABC. 
By  symmetry  if   for   the    ^    ADC   is   half   this 

By  lbs  thsorsm  of  parallel  axai 

.      .     ••»-«--,    mr'-t-i'    mH-t-P    mr^+l^ 
•»■•»"  2^^r--§    12    "2    8tf    ^2"l8~ 

mr*  when  /  ia  snifidsntly  imall  in 
*??     comparison  with  r. 

.  *.  i'a  for  the  vhoU  A  ABC  »  m  .j  when  the  base  is  very  small  com- 
pared with  the  altiiode  r.    This  is  the  valoe  SMde  nss  of  in  the  pro* 


so 


Dynamics  of  Rotation. 


where  m  is  the  mass  of  the  triangle. 


which  is  the  value  given  by  Eouth's  rule. 

Each  of  these  results  would  have  been  obtained  much  more 
briefly  by  integration.    Thus,  for  a  uniform  thin  rod  of  length, 

2/  and  mass  M  turning  about 
a  central  axis  perpendicular 
to  its  length,  the  moment  of 
inertia  of  any  elementary 
length,  dr  at  distance  r 

=mass  of  element  Xr* 


dr 


Fio.  28. 


=  M  XTj^Xr' 
moment  of  inertia  of  whole  rod=  I  -^r'^dr 

In  the  case  of  a  uniform  circular 
disc  of  mass  M  and  radius  a 
turning  about  a  central  axis  per- 
pendicular to  its  plane,  we  may 
conceive  it  divided  into  a  succession 
^^^  ^jj  of  elementary  concentric  annuli,  each 


Moments  of  Inertia—  Mathematical  Proofs,     5 1 


of  breadth  dr.    If  r  be  the  radius  of  one  of  these,  its  moment 

of  inertia 

smass  of  annulus  Xr* 

ira* 
a' 


...  .-™/5,.¥- 


Moment  of  Inertia  of  an  Ellipse.— This  is  readily 
obtained  from  that  of  the  circle.    For  the  circle  ABC  of  radius 
A  becomes  the  ellipse  ADC  with  semi- 
axes  a  and  6  by  projection.     Every 
length  in  the  circle  parallel  to  OB 

being  diminished  in  the  ratio  r^^- 

while  lengths  parallel  to  OA  remain 
unaltered.  Thus  any  elementary  area 
in  the  circle  is  diminished  in  the  ratio 

-and  at  the  same  time  brought  nearer 


1 

%  ^v 

/   ^^ 

'^'^l  \ 

1  /^^ 
! 

1         1 

0      ^j 

t     / 

nasa 


to  OC  in  the  same  ratia 

Hence 
Momeot  of  meriia  of  ellipse  about  major  axis= moment  of 

of  eirde  about  same  axis  x  -  X  -■ 
a    V 


5« 


or    h     6« 

'  ^~A — 1 X  —  X  -■ 
KJ    a     a* 

a     4 


-MaMofclUpMX^ 


52 


Dynamics  of  Rotation. 


The  moment  of  inertia  of  the  ellipse  about  the  minor  axis 
is  evidently  equal  to  that  of  the  circle  X  — ,  for  each  ele- 
mentary area  of  the  ellipse  is  at  the  same  distance  from  this 
axis  as  the  corresponding  area  of  the  circle,  but  is  reduced  in 

magnitude  in  the  ratio  — . 

Hence 
Moment  of  inertia  of  ellipse  about  minor  axis 

Ta 


a      4 


= Mass  of  ellipse  X  — . 

Combining  these  two  results  by  Proposition   I.   p.    35,  we 
obtain,  moment  of  inertia  of  ellipse  about  a  central  axis  per- 

2    I    T  2 

pendicular  to  its  plane=M^  "*     . 

In  Hicks'  EUmentary  Dynamics  (Macmillan),  p.  346,  a  geo- 
metrical proof  is  given  for  the 
moment  of  inertia  of  a  sphere, 
and,  on  p.  339  of  the  same  work, 
that    of    a   right   cone    about    its 

axis  is  shown  geometrically  to  be 
3 
—Mr',  where  r  is  the  radius  of  the 

base.  The  proof  for  the  sphere  is, 
however,  so  much  more  readily  ob- 
tained by  integration  that  we  give  it 
below. 

We  conceive  the  sphere  divided 
into   elementary  circular  slices  by 


no.  81 


Moments  of  Inertia— Mathematical  Proofs,    53 

planes  perpendicular  to  the  diameter,  about  which  the 
moment  of  inertia  is  sought,  each  slice  being  of  the  same 
elementary  thickness  dr. 

If  r  be  the  distance  of  any  such  slice  from  the  centre,  its 
moment  of  inertia  about  the  said  diameter  is 

mass  of  slice  x^^^—^' 


=?MxLV 

8a»     15 

=  Mx4a« 
5 

=:  M^l+l'  as  stoted  in  Routh's  Rule. 
0 

The  student  who  is  acquainted  with  the  geometry  of  the 

ellipsoid  will  perceive  that  the  moment  of  inertia  of  an 

eUipioid  may  be  obtained  from  that  of  the  sphere  by  projeo- 

tion,  in  the  same  way  that  we  obtained  the  result  for  the 

ellipM  from  that  of  the  circle. 

InralMa — Fiod  tb«  nMiioi  of  gyimttoa  of~ 
(1.)  A  tqasra  of  tide  «  about  a  dlagoDsL 

(S.)  A  n^cbt-sngled  tiiangls  of  fides  a  and  6,  containing  the  right- 
■agit  abooi  iho  tide  a. 

An».  i>-^ 


54  Dynamics  of  Rotation. 

(3.)  An  isosceles  triangle  of  base  h  about  the  perpendicular  to  the 
biise  from  the  opposite  angle. 

(4.)  A  plane  circular  annulus  of  radii  K  and  r  about  a  central  axis 
perpendicular  to  its  plane. 


Ans.  lc^=- 


2 


(5.)  A  uniform  spherical  shell  of  radii  R  and  r  about  a  diameter. 

Directions. — Write  (M)=  mass  of  outer  sphere,  supposed  solid  ;  (wi) 
that  of  inner.  Moment  of  inertia  of  shell  =(M-rn)fc-  =  difference 
between  the   moments  of  inertia   of    the  two   spheres.      Also  since 

;^  =  =p=,  we  have  m=M:^and  M-m=M^— — .     Thus  all  the  masses 
M     R'  R^  R' 

can  be  expressed  in  terms  of  one,  which  then  disappears  from  the 

equation. 


CHAPTER  V 

FUSTHIR  PROPOSITIONS  CONCKRKING  MOMENTS  OF  INERTIA 
— PRUiClPAL  AXES— GRAPHICAL  CONSTRUCTION  OF  IN- 
ERTU  CURVES  AND  SURFACES — EQUIMOMENTAL  SYSTEMS 
— INERTIA  SKELETONS. 

Wl  have  shown  in  Chapters  iii.  and  iv.  how  to  obtain  the 
momenta  of  inertia  of  certain  regular  figures  about  axes  of 
•ymmetry,  and  axes  parallel  thereto.  The  object  of  the 
present  chapter  is  to  acquaint  the  student  with  certain  impor- 
tant propodtions  applicable  to  rigid  bodies  of  any  shape,  and 
by  meaoB  of  which  the  moment  of  inertia  about  other  axes 
cmn  be  determined.  The  proofs  given  require  the  application 
of  only  elementary  solid  geometry ;  but  should  the  student 
find  himielf  unable  to  follow  them,  he  is  recommended,  at  a 
firrt  reading  of  the  subject,  to  master,  nevertheless,  the  mean- 
ing of  the  propositions  enunciated  and  the  conclusions  reached, 
and  not  to  let  the  geometrical  difficulty  prevent  his  obtaining 
a  knowledge  of  important  dynamical  principles. 


PBorosmoN  TV.—In  am^  riffid  body,  ike  mm  o/ikemommU 
of  inertia  obant  any  thru  reeUmgular  tuee,  dmum  thnmgh  a  gieen 
painijiaud  in  the  body,  it  eontUmi,  whatever  be  the  potitione  of  the 

Let  Ox,  Ojr,  O2,  be  any  three  rectangular  axce  drawn 
through  the  fixed  point  0.    Let  P  be  any  particle  of  the  body 


56 


Dynamics  of  Rotation, 


and  of  mass  (m),  and  co-ordinates  jc,  y,  z.    Let  OP=r,  and 

let  the  distances  AP,  BP, 
CP,  of  P  from  the  axes  of 
X,  y  and  z  respectively,  be 
called  r^^  Ty,  and  r^ 

Then  the  moment  of 
inertia  of  the  particle  P 
about  X  is  mr^=m(«/=4-«'). 
„  y  is  wrj=m(2!'4-a;'), 
„  z  is  mr^=m{x^-{-y^), 
therefore,  for  the  whole 
body, 


no.  28a. 


the  moment  of  inertia  about  the  axis  of  x,  or  I^,  =  '2my^-\-^mz^ 
„  „  „  „  y,orly,  =  ^mz^-\-^mx^ 

„  „  z,  or  I,  =:^mx^-{-^my* 

Therefore        I^ + 1,, + 1. = 2{2mx^ + ^rny'  +  ^mz^). 
Now  this  is  a  constant  quantity,  for 

Therefore  mx^  -{-my^  -\-mz^  =mr^  for  every  particle. 

Therefore  '27nx'^ + 'Imy^ + ^mz'^ = 2?wr^  =  Constant. 

Therefore  I,, +1^+1,= Constant, 

and  this  is  true  whatever  the  position  of  the  rectangular  axes 

through  the  fixed  point. 

Proposition  V. — In  any  plane  through  a  given  point  fixed 
in  the  body,  the  axes  of  greatest  and  least  moment  of  inertiay  for 
that  plane,  are  at  right  angles  to  each  other. 

For  let  us  fix,  say,  the  axis  of  z  3  this  fixes  the  value  of  1„ 
and  therefore  I;j-|-Iy=  Constant. 

Hence,  when  1^  is  a  maximum  ly  is  a  minimum  for  the 
plane  xy,  and  vice  versd. 

Proposition  VI. — If  about  any  axis  (Ox)  through  a  fixed 
point  0  of  a  body,  the  moment  of  inertia  has  its  greatest  value,  then 


Principal  Axes,  5  7 

ahaiA  some  axis  (Os),  at  right  angles  to  Oz,it  will  have  its  least 
value  ;  and  abatU  the  remaining  rectangular  axis  (Oy)  the  rnoment 
of  inertia  will  be  a  maximum  for  the  plane  yz^  and  a  minimum  for 
the  plane  tof. 

For,  let  us  suppose  that  we  have  experimented  on  a  body 
and  found,  for  the  point  O,  an  axis  of  maximum  moment  of 
inertia,  Ox.  Then  an  axis  of  least  moment  of  inertia  must 
lie  somewhere  in  the  plane  through  0,  perpendicular  to  this, 
for  if  in  some  other  plane  through  0  there  were  an  axis  of 
still  smaller  inertia,  then  in  the  plane  containing  this  latter 
azia,  and  the  axis  of  x  we  could  find  an  axis  of  still  greater 
inartia  than  Ox,  which  is  contrary  to  the  hypothesis  that  Ox 
is  a  maximum  axis. 

Next,  let  us  take  this  minimum  axis  as  the  axis  of  z.  The 
moment  of  inertia  about  the  remaining  axis,  that  of  y,  must 
now  be  a  maximum  for  the  plane  yz.  For  I,  being  fixed, 
1,-1- Iy= constant,  and  therefore  ly  is  a  maximum  since  I,  is 

a  tnii^imnm. 

Again,  I,  being  fixed,  I, +1^= constant,  and  therefore  I,  is 
a  minimnm  for  the  plane  ary,  since  I,  is  a  maximum. 

DefinUione^—^McYi  rectangular  axes  of  maximum,  minimum, 
sod  intermediate  moment  of  inertia  are  called  principal 
axes  for  the  point  of  the  body  from  which  they  arc  drawn, 
and  the  momenta  of  inertia  about  them  are  called  principal 
moments  of  inertia  for  the  point ;  and  a  plane  containing 
two  of  the  principal  axes  through  a  point  is  called  a  principal 
plane  for  that  point. 

When  the  point  of  the  body  through  which  the  rectangular 
azea  are  drawn  ia  the  Centre  of  Mass,  then  the  principal  axes 
art  ealled,  jwr  egcotUenee^  the  principal  axes  of  the  body,  and 
the  momenta  of  inertia  about  them  the  principal  moments  of 
inertia  of  the  body. 


58 


Dyniamics  of  Rotation, 


It  is  evident  that  for  such  a  body  as  a  rigid  rod,  the  moment 
of  inertia  is  a  maximum  about  any  axis  through  the  centre 
of  mass  that  is  at  right  angles  to  the  rod,  and  so  far  as  we 
have  gone,  there  is  nothing  yet  to  show  that  a  body  may  not 
have  several  maximum  axes  in  the  same  plane,  with  minimum 
axes  between  them.  We  shall  see  later,  however,  that  this 
is  not  the  case. 


Proposition  NW—To  show  that  the  moment  of  inertia  (Top) 
about  any  axis  OP  making  angles  a,  /?,  y,  mih  the  principal  axes 
through  any  point  0,  /o?*  which  the  principal  moments  of  inertia 
are  A,  B,  and  C  respectively^  is 

Acos^a + Egos'"/? + Ccos^'y. 

It  will  conduce  to  clear- 
ness to  give  the  proof 
first,  for  the  simple  case  of 
a  plane  lamina  with  respect 
to  axes  in  its  plane. 

Let  abc  be  the  plane 
lamina,  Ox  and  Oy  any 
rectangular  axes  in  its 
plane  at  the  point  O,  and 
about  these  axes  let  the 
moments  of  inertia  be  (A') 
and  (B')  respectively,  and 
let  it  be  required  to  find 
the  moment  of  inertia 
about  the  axis  OP,  making  an  angle  6  with  the  axis  of  a;. 

Let  M  be  any  particle  of  the  lamina,  of  mass  (m),  and  co- 
ordinates X  and  y.  Draw  MN  perpendicular  to  OP  to  meet 
it  in  N.  Then  the  moment  of  inertia  of  the  particle  M  about 
OP  is  wMN*.     Draw  the  ordinate  MQ,  and  from  Q  draw  QS 


no.  244. 


Principal  Axes.  59 


meeting  OP  at  right  angles  in  S.     Then 
MN'=OM«-ON» 

=x'+y'-(OS+SN)' 
and  OS  is  the  projection  of  OQ  on  OP,  and  therefore  equal  to 
zcosd  and  SN  is  the  projection  of  QM  on  OP,  and  therefore 
equal  to  y  sin^ 

.-.     MN"=a;«4-y'-(2cos^+ysin^)* 

=a;'(l  -cos'^)+y'{l  -sin'^)-  2sin^cos% 
=a;'sin*^+y'cos'^—  2sin^cos^icy 
.*.     Iop=2mMN'=cos'^27ny'4-sin*^2ma;'  — 2sin^co8^2wucy 
=  A'cos'^+B'sin2^-2sin^cos^i:7;ia:y. 

We  shall  now  prove  that  when  the  axes  chosen  coincide  with 
the  principal  axes  so  that  A'  becomes  A  and  B'  B,  then  the  fac- 
tor 2);/u;y,  and  therefore  the  last  term,  cannot  have  a  finite  value. 

For  since  the  value  A  of  the  moment  of  inertia  about  0,  is 
now  a  maximum,  Iqp  cannot  be  greater  than  A^  so  that  A  —  lop 
cannot  be  a  — 1»  quantity  whatever  be  the  position  of  OP. 

x.t,    A—Acos*d^  ^sin'^-|-28in^cos^2mj!y  cannot  be— w, 

ie.  ABin^d-'Bsin^d-\-2sin6co8d2mxy  cannot  be— % 
now,  when  OP  is  taken  very  near  to  Oaj,  so  that  6  is  infinitesi- 
nudly  small,  then  also  sin^  is  infinitesimally  small,  while  cos^ 
it  equal  to  1,  and  so  that  if  2may  has  a  finite  value,  the  two 
firtt  teims  of  this  expression,  which  contain  the  square  of  the 
tm«ll  quantity  sin^  may  be  neglected  in  comparison  with 
the  last  term,  and  according  as  this  last  term  is  +ve  or  ^ve^ 
•o  will  the  whole  expression  be  H-w  or  —ve. 

Now,  whether  the  small  angle  ^  is  +V0  or  —ve,  cos^  is 
always  +w,  and  l{mxy)  is  always  constant ;  neither  of  these 
factors  then  changes  signs  with  $ ;  but  sin^  does  change  sign 
with  $;  so  that,  the  last  term,  and  therefore  the  whole  ex- 
pression is -re  when  6  is  ^ve  and  very  small. 

Hence  it  is  impossible  that  Siwxy  can  have  a  finite  value. 


6o  Dynamics  of  Rotation. 

But  '^mrnj  is  constant  whatever  be  the  value  of  B,  and  there- 
fore is  zero  or  infinitesimally  small  even  when  d  \s>  finite; 
therefore,  finally, 

Iop=^cos2^+^sin2(9 
[If  we  prefer  to  describe  the  axis  OP  as  making  angles  a 
and  ^  with  the  rectangular  axes  of  x  and  y  respectively. 
Then  in  the  above  proof  we  have  everywhere  cosa  for  cos^, 
and  cos/3  for  sin^,  and 

Iop=^cos  2a+5  cos2^.] 
The  proof  of  the  general  case  for  the  moment  of  inertia 
Iqp  of  a  solid  body  of  three  dimensions  about  any  axis  OP, 
making  angles  a,  j8  and  y,  with  maximum,  minimum,  and 
intermediate  rectangular  axis,  Oa;,  0?/,  Oz  is  exactly  analogous 
to  the  above,  only  we  have 

0M«=a;'+y»+2S  instead  of  OM'=fl;»+y* 
and  ON=a;cosa-}-ycos^+2;cos7,  instead  of  ON=iCcosa4-ycos/?, 

and  cos'a+cos'^^+cos''7=l,  instead  of  cos^a+ 008*^^=1, 
whence  it  at  once  follows  that  instead  of  the  relation 

Iop=^'cos'^a4-^'cos'')8— 2cosacos/32ma;y, 
we  obtain 

lop = ^'cos'^a + Bco&^/S + Ceos'y — 2cosacosj82ma:y 

—  2co6jScosy  l^'myz—2cosycosa2mzx. 
And,  as  before,  when  A'=Ay  and  B'=B^  or  C=Ct  each  of 
the  last  three  terms  can  be  shown  to  be,  separately,  vanishingly 
small,  and  therefore  finally 

Iop=^cos'^a+5cos''/?-j- C'cos'y. 
Graphical  Construction  of  Inertia-Curves  and 
Surfaces. — Definition. — By  an  '  iuertia-curve '  we  mean  a 
plane  curve  described  about  a  centre,  and  such  that  every 
radius  is  proportional  to  the  moment  of  inertia  about  the  axis 
through  the  centre  of  mass  whose  position  it  represents. 
Similarly,  a  moment  of  inertia  surface  is  one  having  the  same 
property  for  space  of  three  dimensions. 


Principal  Axes. 


6i 


It  is  evident  that  we  can  now  construct  such  curves  or 
surfaces  when  we  know  the  principal  moments  of  inertia  of 
the  body. 

(L)  Construction  of  the  inertia  cwi-ve  of  any  plane  lamina  for 
axes  in  its  plane. 

Draw  0  A  and  OB  at  right  angles,  and  of  such  lengths  that 
they  represent 
the  maximum  y 
and  minimum 
moment  of  in- 
ertia on  a  con- 
venient scale, 
and  draw  radii 
between  them 
at  intervals  of, 
say,  every  10^ 
Then  mark  oflf 

on  these  in  succession    the  corresponding    values    of  the 
expression 

(5Aco8«^-f  OBsin'^, 
(which  may  be  done  graphically  by  a  process  that  the  student 
will  easily  discover),  and  then  draw  a  smooth  curve  through 
the  points  thus  arrived  at.    In  this  way  we  obtain  the  figure 

OA 
of  the  diagram  (Fig.  25a)  in  which  the  ratio   .o.  was  taken 

equal  to  -^    Complete  inertia  curves  must  evidently  be  Bym- 

metrical  about  both  axes,  so  that  the  form  for  one  quadrant 
gives  Che  shape  of  the  whole. 

If  OA  were  equal  to  OB  the  curve  would  be  a  circle,  for 
if  maximum  and  minimum  values  of  the  radius  are  equal,  all 
values  are  equal 


no.  25a. 


62 


Dynamics  of  Rotation, 


Figure  26a  shows  in  a  single  diagram  the  shape   of  the 


(1) 


no.  26a. 


curves  when  — =.  has  the  values  -^ry  ■jr-,  ^,  and  —  respectively. 
Ul>  (5     2     1  0 


Principal  Axes, 


63 


(II.)  Construction  of  Moment  of  Inertia  Surface. — Let  any 
section  through  the  centre  of  mass  be  taken,  containing 
one  of  the  principal  axes  of  the  body  (say  the  minimum  axis 
Os),  and  let  the  plane  zOC  of  this  section  make  angles  AOC= 
0  and  BOC=(90'— ^)  or  4>,  with  the  axes  of  z  and  1/  respec- 


no.  27a. 

lively.  Then,  from  what  has  been  said,  the  intersection  OC 
of  this  plane  with  that  of  xy  will  be  a  maximum  axis  for  the 
section  ZOC,  and  the  value  Iqo  of  the  moment  of  inertia  about 
it  will  be 

I^^=^C08'^-f  5C08'<^. 

Let  the  length  of  OD  represent  this  value.  The  length  of  any 
radius  OP  of  the  inertia  curve  for  the  section  is 

^cos'a-f  Bcos^p+Ccos^y. 
Let  the  angle  COP,  or  90' -y,  which  OP  makes  with  the 
plane  of  ay  be  called  3.    Then  cos'ascos'AOP 

gp  gg  cap 

BCOS'^COS'd 

QDt        Qpi       CTP 

U.4   co.V-oot'BOP-^-j^xgp.=co8'*co.'« 


64  Dynamics  of  Rotation. 

Therefore  Iqp  =^cos'^cos'S+j5cos'<^cos'S+Ccos'y 
=  (^  cos' (9 + 5cos2<^)cos28 + Ccos2y 
= IqcCos^S + Ccos'^y. 
Therefore  the  inertia  curve  for  the  section  zOO  may  he  drawn 
in  precisely  the  same  way  as  for  a  plane  lamina^  and  this  result 
holds  equally  well  for  all  sections  containing  either  a  maxi- 
mum or  minimum  or  intermediate  axis. 

Inspection  of  the  inertia  curves  thus  traced  (Fig.  26a)  shows 
that  there  is,  in  general,  for  any  solid  (except  in  the  special 
case  when  the  curve  is  a  circle),  only  one  maximum  axis 
through  the  centre  of  mass,  and  one  minimum  axis,  with  a 
corresponding  intermediate  axis. 

Equimomental   Systems.— Proposition  Nlll.—Any 

two  rigid  bodies  of  equal  mass,  and  for  which  the  three  principal  mo- 
ments of  inertia  are  respectively  equal,  have  equal  moments  of  inertia 
about  all  corresponding  axes.    Such  bodies  are  termed  equimomental. 

That  such  bodies  must  be  equimomental  about  all  corre- 
sponding axes  through  their  centres  of  mass  follows  directly 
from  the  previous  proposition ;  and  since  any  other  axis  must 
be  parallel  to  an  axis  through  the  centre  of  mass,  it  follows 
from  the  theorem  of  parallel  axes  (Chapter  iii.  p.  37)  that  in 
the  case  of  bodies  of  equal  mass,  the  proposition  is  true  for 
all  axes  whatever. 

Any  body  is,  for  the  purposes  of  Dynamics,  completely 
represented  by  any  equimomental  system  of  equal  mass. 

Inertia  Skeleton.— Proposition  IX — For  any  rigid 
body  there  can  be  constructed  an  equimomental  system  of  three 
uniform  rigid  rods  bisecting  each  other  at  right  angles  at  its  centre 
of  masSf  and  coinciding  in  direction  with  its  principal  axes. 


Principal  Axes. 


65 


For  let  (m!^  W,  c6  (Fig.  27a)  be  three  such  rods,  coinciding 
respectively  with  the  principal  axes,  Oa:,  Oy,  O2,  and  let  the 
moment  of  inertia  of  ao!  about 


a  perpendicular  axis  through 
Obe  A' 

while  that  of  hV  is  B 

and  that  of  cc*  is  O 

Then,  for  the  system  of  rods, 

If,  therefore,  the  body  in 
question  has  corresponding 
principal  moments  A^  J5,  6', 
equimomental  therewith  when 


yx 


"*v^ 


the  system  of  rods  becomes 


B-^rO^A (i) 

a-^A'=B (ii) 

A'-^B=0 (iii) 

These  three  equations  enable  us  to  determine  the  values  of 
A\  Bf  and  C,  to  be  assigned  to  the  rods. 

By  addition  we  have, 

2{A'^B'\'C)=A-\-BJt-C 
or    A'-\-B-\-a=\(A'\-B-JtC) 
whence  subtracting        B-\-C=A 
we  have  A'=i(B+C~A) 

and  similar  expressions  for  B'  and  C, 

Such  a  system  of  rods  we  may  call  an  imrtia  skdeUm.  Such 
a  skeleton,  composed  of  rods  of  the  same  material  and  thick- 
nem,  and  differing  only  in  length,  presents  to  the  eye  an 
easily  recognised  picture  of  the  dynamical  qualities  of  the 
body.    The  moment  of  inertia  will  be  a  maximum  about  the 


66  Dynamics  of  Rotation. 

direction  of  the  shortest  rod,   and  a   minimum  about  the 
direction  of  the  longest. 

[It  may  be  mentioned  that,  for  convenience  of  mathematical 
treatment  of  the  more  difficult  problems  of  dynamics,  advan- 
tage is  taken  of  the  fact  that  any  solid  can  be  shown  to  be 
equimomental  with  a  certain  homogeneous  ellipsoid  whose 
principal  axes  coincide  with  those  of  the  solid.  Also  that  if 
we  had  chosen  to  trace  inertia  curves  by  making  the  radius 
everywhere  inversely  proportional  to  the  radius  of  gyration^ 
i.e.  to  the  square  root  of  the  moment  of  inertia,  then  the  curve 
for  any  plane  would  have  been  an  ellipse,  and  the  inertia- 
surface  an  ellipsoid.] 


CHAPTER  VL 


SIMPLE  HABHONIC  MOTION. 


The  definition  of  Simple  Harmonic  Motion  may  be 
given  as  follows  : — 

Let  a  particle  P  travel  with  uniform  speed  round  the  cir- 
cumference of  a  fixed  circle,  and  let  N  be  the  foot  of  a  per- 
pendicular drawn  from  P  to  any 
fixed  line.  As  P  travels  round  the 
eircle  N  oscillates  to  and  fro,  and 
ia  said  to  have  a  simple  harmonic 
motion. 

It  is  obvious  that  N  oscillates 
between  fixed  limiting  positions 
N«  N|  which  are  the  projections  on 
the  fixed  line  of  the  extremities 
A  and  B  of  the  diameter  parallel 
to  it,  and  that  at  any  instant  the 
velocity  of  N  is  that  part  of  P'a 
vdoetty  whieh  is  psndlel  to  the  fixed  line,  or,  in  other  wordii 
thb  rtiodtiy  of  N  is  the  velocity  of  P  resolved  in  the  direetion 
of  the  fixed  line.  Also  the  aeceleration  of  N  is  the  accelera- 
tion of  P  resolved  along  the  fixed  line. 

Now  the  leeeleration  of  P  is  constant  in  magnitude,  and 
always  directed  towards  the  centre  0  of  the  oircle,  and  it 

equal  to  jmrm*m(fC)m* ;  cooseqaently  Uie  aeceleration  oT 


no.  tt. 


68 


Dynamics  of  Rotation, 


N=(i>'xthe  resolved  part  of  PC  in  the  direction  of  the  fixed 
line=a)'  X  (NO),  0  being  the  projection  of  C  on  the  fixed  line. 

Thus  we  see  that  a  particle  with  a  simple  harmonic  motion 
has  an  acceleration  which  is  at  any  instant  directed  to  the 
middle  point  about  which  it  oscillates,  which  is  proportional 
to  the  displacement  from  that  mean  position,  and  equal  to 
this  displacement  multiplied  by  the  square  of  the  angular 
velocity  of  the  point  of  reference  P  in  the  circle. 

We  shall  see,  very  shortly,  that  the  extremity  of  a  tuning- 
fork  or  other  sonorous  rod,  while  emitting  its  musical  note  of 
uniform  pitch  performs  precisely  such  an  oscillation.  Hence 
the  name  '  Simple  Harmonic' 

The  point  0  in  the  figure  corresponds  to  the  centre  of 
swing  of  the  extremity  of  the  rod  or  fork,  and  the  points 
Nq  Nj  to  the  limits  of  its  swing. 

The  time  T  taken  by  the  point  N  to  pass  from  one  ex- 
tremity of  its  path  to  the  other,  and  back  again,  is  the  time 

taken,  by  P  to  describe  its  circular  path,  viz.,  — .     This  is 

defined  as  the  *  Period,'  or  *  Time  of  a  complete  oscillation  * 
of  N.  It  is  evident  that  if  at  any  instant  N  have  a  position 
such  as  that  shown  in  the  figure,  and 
be   moving  (say)  to  the  left,  then 

after  an  interval  —  it  will  again  be 

in  the  same  position  and  moving  in 
the  same  direction. 

Hence  the  time  of  a  complete 
swing  is  sometimes  defined  as  the 
interval  between  two  consecutive 
passages  of  the  point  through  the 
same  position  in  the  same  direction. 


Simple  Harmonic  Motiofi,  69 

The  fniction  of  a  period  that  has  elapsed  since  the  point  N 
last  passed  through  its  middle  position  in  the  positive  direc- 
tion is  called  the  phase  of  the  motion. 
Since  the  acceleration  of  N  at  any  instant 
=NOxu,» 
= displacement  X  «" 
acceleration  at  any  instant 
""corresponding  displacement 
or,  ahhreviating  somewhat, 

«=    /  acceleration 
V  displacement* 
Consequently 


Since  T=  — 

CO 


V   acceleration  * 
The  object  of  pointing  out  that  the  time  of  oscillation  has 
this  value  will  be  apparent  presently. 

It  must  be  carefully  noticed  that  to  take  a  particle  and  to 
move  it  in  any  arbitrary  manner  backwards  and  forwards 
along  a  fixed  line,  is  not  the  same  thing  as  giving  it  a  simple 
harmonic  motion.  For  this  the  particle  must  be  so  moved  as 
to  keep  pace  exactly  with  the  foot  of  the  perpendicular  drawn 
M  deeeribed.  This  it  will  only  do  if  it  is  acted  on  by  a  force 
which  prodacet  an  acceleration  always  directed  towards  the 
middle  point  of  ita  path  and  always  proportional  to  iu  dii- 
taace  from  that  middle  point  We  shall  now  show  that  a 
foreo  of  the  kind  requisite  to  produce  a  simple  harmonic 
mdioD  oceon  very  (ireqaently  in  elastic  bodies,  and  under 
other  circamttanoee  in  nature. 


CHAPTER    VII. 

AN  ELEMENTARY  ACCOUNT  OF  THE  CIRCUMSTANCES  AND 
LAWS   OF  ELASTIC  OSCILLATIONS. 

I,  For  all  kinds  of  distortion,  e.g. — stretching,  compress- 
ing, or  twisting,  the  strain  or  deformation  produced  by  any 
given  force  is  proportional  to  the  force,  so  long  as  the 
strain  or  deformation  is  but  small.  Up  to  the  limit  of  de- 
formation for  which  this  is  true,  the  elasticity  is  called 
*  perfect*  or  'simple*:  *  perfect,'  because  if  the  stress  be 
removed  the  body  is  observed  immediately  and  completely 
to  recover  itself;  and  'simple,'  because  of  the  simplicity  of 
the  relation  between  the  stress  and  the  strain  it  produces. 
In  brief — 

For   small   deformations   the   ratio   2i£S|?   is 

strain 

constant. 

This  is   known  in  Physics  as  Hooke's  Law.      It  was 
expressed  by  him  in  the  phrase  *  ut  tensio  sic  vis.' 
Illustrations  of  Hooke's  Law. 


(-)\ 


Fia.  34. 


(l)  If,  to  the  free  end  A  of  a  long  thin  horizontal  lath,  fixed  at  the 
other  end,  a  force  w  be  applied  which  depresses  the  end  through  a 
small  distance  c?,  then  a  force  ^w  will  depress  it  through  a  distance 
2(2,  Zw  through  a  distance  3(2,  and  so  on. 

70 


Elastic  Oscillations, 


71 


(2)  If  the  lath  be  already  loaded  so  as  to  be  already  much  bent,  as 
in  the  fig.,  it  is,  nevertheless,  true  if  the  breaking-strain  be  not  too 


na  86. 


nearly  approached,  that  the  application  of  a  small  additional  force  at 
A  will  produce  a  further  deflection  proportional  to  the  force  applied. 
But  it  must  not  be  expected  that  the  original  force  to  will  now  produce 
the  original  depression  d,  for  w  is  now  applied  to  a  different  object, 
viz.,  a  much  bent  lath,  whereas  it  was  origin- 
ally applied  to  a  straight  lath. 
Thus  w  will  now  produce  a  further  depression 

d' 
and  2w  „  „  „      2d' 

3W  „  „  „      3(i' 

where  (T  differs  from  d. 

(8)  A  horizontal  cross-bar  is  rigidly  fixed 
to  the  lower  end  of  a  long  thin  vertical 
wire;  a  couple  is  applied  to  the  bar  in  a 
horixontal  plane,  and  is  found  to  twist  it 
throogh  an  angle  B :  then  double  the  couple 
will  twist  it  through  an  angle  2^,  and  so  on. 

This  holds  in  the  case  of  long  thin  wires  of 
steel  or  brass  for  twists  of  the  bai  through 
seTsral  complete  revolutions. 

(4)  A  long  spiral  spring  is  stretched  by 
hanging  a  weight  W  on  to  it  (Fig.  37). 

If  a  small  extra  weight  to  produces  a  small  extra  elongation  «, 
Tben  „  2io  „  „  2s, 

•n^  n  3io  „  „  3s, 

and  soon. 
Similarly,  if  a  weight  w  be  subtracted  from  W  the  shortening 

will  be  s, 
»d  „        ftp  „  „  „  it, 

and  soon. 
This  we  might  expect,  for  the  spring  when  stittched  by  the  wei^t 


a 


-<:::>r\ 


1S^' 


no.  86. 


^l 


Dynamics  of  Rotation, 


W-w  is  so  slightly  altered  from  the  condition  in  which  it  was 
when  stretched  by  W,  that  the  addition  of  w  must 
produce  the  same  elongation  e  as  before ;  therefore 
the  shortening  due  to  the  removal  of  w  must  be  e. 

From  these  examples  it  will  be  seen  that  the 
law  enunciated  applies  to  bodies  already  much  dis- 
torted as  well  as  to  undistorted  bodies,  but  that  the 

value  of  the  constant  ratio ^ ;- 

corresponding  small  stram 

is  not  generally  the  same  for  the  undistorted  as  for 
the  distorted  body. 

2.  If  a  mass  of  matter  be  attached  to  an  elastic 
body,  as,  for  instance,  is  the  weight  at  A  in 
Fig.  35,  the  cross-bar  AB  in  Fig.  36,  or  the 
weight  W  in  Fig.  37,  and  then  slightly  displaced 
and  let  go,  it  performs  a  series  of  oscillations 
in  coming  to  rest,  under  the  influence  of  the  force 
exerted  on  it  by  the  elastic  body.  And  at  any 
instant  the  displacement  of  the  mass  from  its 
position  of  rest  is  the  measure  of  the  distortion 
of  the  elastic  body,  and  is  therefore  proportional  to  the  stress 
between  that  body  and  the  attached  mass. 

Hence  we  see  that  the  small  oscillations  of  such  a  mass  are 
performed  under  the  influence  of  a  force  which  is  propor- 
tional to  the  displacement  from  the  position  of  rest. 

3.  We  shall  consider,  first,  linear  oscillations,  such  as  those  of 
the  mass  W  in  Fig.  37,  and  shall  use  for  this  constant  ratio 


no.  37. 


force 


the  symbol  R,  the  force  being  expressed  in 
displacement 

absolute  units.     It  will  be  observed  ,that  R  measures  the 

resisting  power  of  the  body  to  the  kind  of  deformation  in 

question.     For  if  the  displacement  be  unity,  then  R=the 


Elastic  Oscillations,  73 

corresponding  force :  thus,  R  is  the  measure  of  resistance  the 
body  offers  when  subjecUd  to  unit  deformation.^ 

We  shall  consider  only  cases  in  which  the  mass  of  the  elastic 
body  itself  may  be  neglected  in  comparison  with  the  mass  M 
of  the  attached  body  whose  oscillations  we  study. 

4.  If  the  force  be  expressed  in  a  suitable  unit,  the  accelera- 

Hon  of  this  mass  at  any  instant  is  -^^t  ^^^  ^  directed 

towards  the  position  of  rest.     Since  the  mass  M  is  a  constant 

quantity,  and  since  the  ratio  ^. — -. is  constant  and 

^  "^  displacement 

equal  to  R  :  therefore,  also  the  ratio  ^^^  ^^^  ^Q"  is  constant 

displacement 

and  =  5. 
M 

5.  Now  it  is,  as  we  have  seen,  the  characteristic  of  Simple 
Harmonic  Motion  that  the  acceleration  is  proportional  to  the 
displacement  from  the  mean  position. 

Consequently  we  see  that  when  a  mass  attached  to  an 
elastic  body,  or  otherwise  influenced  by  an  '  elastic '  force,  is 
slightly  displaced  and  then  let  go,  it  performs  a  simple 
harmonic  oscillation  of  which   the  corresponding  Time  of 

a  complete  oscillation  =  2ir^  /displacement 

V   acceleration 

6.  Hence  (from  §  4)  we  bare  for  the  time  of  the  complete 
linear  oscillation  of  a  mass  M  under  an  elastic  force, 

whatever  may  be  the  *  amplitude '  of  the  oscillation,  so  long 
as  the  law  of  'simple  elasticity'  holds. 


>  Thto  to  io—liuni  caltod  the  modoloi  of  otoslioilyof  th«  ftwiy  for 
ib«  kind  of  difocaMtioo  in  qnotiion,  m  dtotingnJsbtd  hom  iho  modulus 
ol  elaatldiy  of  tho 


74  Dynamics  of  Rotation. 

9.  Applications. — (l)  A  10  IK  mass  hangs  from  a  long  thin 
light  spiral  spring.  On  adding  1  o%.  the  spring  is  found  to  he  stretch^ 
1  inch ;  on  adding  2  ozs.^  2  inches.  Find  the  time  of  a  complete  small 
oscillation  of  the  10  lb.  weight. 

Here  we  see  that  the  distorting  force  is  proportional  to  the  dis- 
placement, and  therefore  that  the  oscillations  will  be  of  the  kind 
examined.  We  will  express  masses  in  lbs.,  and  therefore  forces  in 
poimdals.  Since  a  distorting  force  of  ^  pounds  (  =  ff  =  2  poundals) 
produces  a  displacement  of  ^  ft. 

...  the  ratio  _-f2£2^=R=A  =  24 
displacement  ^ 

=4'05  sec.  (approximately). 

(2)  A  muss  of  20  Ihs.  rests  on  a  smooth  horizontal  plane  midway 
between  two  ujpright  pegs^  to  which  it  is  attached  by  light  stretched 
elastic  cords.     fSee  fig.) 


FIG.  38. 


It  is  found  that  a  displacement  of  ^  an  inch  towards  either  peg 
calls  out  an  elastic  resistance  of  3  ozs.y  which  is  doubled  when  the 
displacement  is  doubled.  Find  the  time  of  a  complete  small  oscilla- 
tion of  the  mass  about  its  position  of  rest. 

force       _  3  X  3^  X  32  abs.  units. 
^®^®  ^  =  displacement"  j^ 

=  144 

.%  T  =  27r./M  =27r     /20; 

V  K  V  144  sec. 

t=  2  "34  sec.  (approximately). 

10.  The  student  will  now  perceive  the  significance  of  the 
limitation  of  the  argument  to  cases  in  which  the  mass  of  the 
elastic  body  itself  may  be  neglected.     If,  for  example,  the 


Elastic  Oscillations,  75 

gpring  of  Fig.  37  were  a  very  massive  one,  the  mass  of  the 
lower  portion  would,  together  with  W,  constitute  the  total 
mass  acted  on  by  the  upper  portion  ;  but  as  the  lower  portion 
oecillated  its  form  would  alter  so  that  the  acceleration  of  each 
part  of  it  would  not  be  the  same.  Thus  the  considerations 
become  much  more  complicated. 

Hence,  also,  it  is  a  much  simpler  matter  to  calculate,  from 
an  observation  of  the  ratio  R,  the  time  of 'oscillation  of  a  heavy 


ina-  W  j>laced  on  a  light  lath  as  in  the  figure,  than  it  is  to 
calculate  the  time  of  oscillation  of  the  lath  by  itself. 

XI.  Extension  to  Angular  Oscillations.—Since  any 
oonclosion  with  respect  to  the  linear  motion  of  matter  is  true 
alao  of  ite  angular  motion  about  a  fixed  axle,  provided  we  sub- 
stitute moment  of  inertia  for  mass  ; 

couple  for  force ; 

tngolar  distance  for  linear  distance ; 
it  follows  that  when  a  body  performs  CM^vXar  oscillations 
under  the  influence  of  a  restoring  cwvpU  whose  moment  is 
proportional  to  the  angolar  displacement,  then  the  time  of  a 
complete  otdUation  ia 

where  I  is  the  moment  of  inertia  with  respect  to  the  axis  of 

<Moilktion  and  R  U  the   ratio   ,    T^l^ -A  the 

angular  displacement 

couple  being  measured  in  absolute  units. 


76 


Dynamics  of  Rotation. 


x^ 


\(^9) 


via.  40. 


Applications. — (l)  2'afce  the  case  of 
a  simple  pendulum  of  length  1  and  mass  m. 
When  the  displacement  is  ^,  the  moment 
of  the  restoring  force  is 

mg  xOQ  (see  fig.) 
=mgl  sin  6 
=mg  I  6  i{  6  is  small, 
•p _     moment  of  couple    _'W''9'^_«j«7 


corresponding  displace- 
Also  I=m/2 


e 


'^  mlg 


^27r. 


as  also  may  be  shown  by  a  special  inves- 
tigation, such  as  is  given  in  Garnett's 
Dynamics,  Chap.  V. 

(2)  Nexd  take  the  case  of  a  body  of  any 
shape  in  which  the  centre  of  gravity  G  is 
at  a  distance  I  from  the  axis  of  suspenr- 
sion  0. 

As  before,  when  the  body  is  displaced 
through  an  angle  6,  the  moment  of  the 
restoring  couple  is  mgl  sin  6=mgl  $  i£  0 
is  but  small,  and 

■p_  moment  of  couple  _mgf?  0_      , 
0 


angular  displac'- 


T=27r 


Fia.  41. 


12.  Equivalent  Simple  Pendu- 
lum.— If  K  be  the  radius  of  gyra- 
tion  of   the  body  about  the  axis 


Elastic  Oscillations, 


77 


of  oscillation,  then  I=7nK2,  and 

Let  L  be  the  length  of  a  simple  pendulum  which  would  have 
the  same  period  of  oscillation  as  this  body.  The  time  of  a  com- 
plete oscillation  of  this  simple  pendulum  is  Stt.  /  -.  For  this  to 
be  the  same  as  that  of  the  body  we  must  have 

or  \A—-r, 

Examples. — (l)  A  thin  circular  hoop  of  radius  r  hung  over  a 
peg  iwxngs  undtr  the  action  of  gravity  in 
itt  oum  plaiu.    Find  the  length  of  the 
epiivaUnt  timple  pendulum. 

Here  the  radius  of  gyration  E  is  given 
byK«=r»  +  /«. 

And  the  distance  I  from  centre  of  gravity 
to  point  of  suspension  is  equal  to  r. 

.*.  length  of  equivalent  simple  pen- 
dulum, which  is  equal  to 
K« 
T' 

IS,  in  this  oaie, =  2r. 

The  student  should  verify  this  by  the  experiment  of  hanging, 
together  with  a  hoop,  a  small  bullet  by  a  thin  string  whose  length  is 
the  diemetm'  of  the  hoop.    The  two  will  oscillate  together. 

(t)  A  konmmtal  bar  magnet,  of  tnomeni  ineriia  /,  maka  n  compleU 
o§eiUaiiont  jwr  Me.  Deduce  from  thie  the  value  of  the  product  MH 
u^ere  M  ie  the  maputic  momaU  of  the  magnet^  and  H  the  drtngth 
oftkeearik*»  horiunUal  field. 

Let  fij  be  the  magnet  (See  Fig.  43.)  Imagine  it  displaced  through 
an  angle  $.  Then  since  tlie  magnetic  moment  is,  by  definition,  the 
value  of  the  couple  exerted  on  the  magnet  when  placed  in  a  uniform 
field  of  unit  stiength  at  right  angles  to  the  lines  of  force,  it  follows 


jfia.  42. 


78 


Dynamics  of  Rotation, 


that  when  placed  in  a  field  of  strength  H  at  an  angle  B  to  the  lines 
of  force  the  restoring  couple 

=MH  sin  6. 
=MH^  when  Q  is  small. 
.   ■p_  restoring  couple  _MH^ 
angular  displac**"    Q 
=  MH. 


And  T=27r 


V    R 


orMH=^I. 

N.B. — The  student  of  physics  will  remember  that 
by  using  the  same  magnet  placed  mag- 
netic E.  and  W.,  to  deflect  a  small  needle 
situated  in  the  line  of  its  axis,  we  can 

'  M 

find  the  value  of  the  ratio  — .     Thus 
H 

by  combining  the  result  of  an  oscilla- 
tion-observation of  MH  with  that  of  a 

M 
deflection-observation  of  ==,  we  obtain 
U 

,10. 43.  the  value  of  H  at  the  place  of  observa- 

tion. 

(8)  A  bar  magnet  oscillates  about  a  central  vertical  axis  under  the 
influence  of  the  earth's  horizontal  fleld^  and  performs  12  complete  small 
oscillations  in  one  minute.  Two  small  masses  of  lead,  each  weigh- 
ing one  02.,  are  placed  on  it  at  a  distance  of  3  inches  on  either  side  of 
the  axis,  and  the  rate  of  oscillation  is  now  reduced  to  1  oscillation  in 
6  seconds.  Find  the  moment  of  inertia  of  the  magnet. 
Let  the  moment  of  inertia  of  the  magnet  be  I  oz.-inch^  units. 
Then  the  moment  of  inertia  of  the  magnet  with  the  attached  masses 
isl  +  2xlx32=(l  +  18)  oz.-inch2  units. 

The  time  of  a  complete^  oscillation  of  magnet  alone  is  5  sec. 

Thus  2n 


and    2rr 


Elastic  Oscillations.  79 

.  /r+i8  6 

1  +  1836 
or  -^        25- 

.*.  1  =  40.909  oz-'inch^  units. 

13.  Oscillating  Table  for  finding  Moments  of 
Inertia. — A  very  useful  and  convenient  apparatus  for  find- 
ing the  moment  of  inertia  of  small  objects  such  as  magnets, 
galvanometric  coils,  or  the  models  of  portions  of  machinery 
too  large  to  be  directly  experimented  upon,  consists  of  a  flat 
light  circular  table  8  or  10  inches  in  diameter,  pivoted  on  a 
vertical  spindle  and  attached  thereby  to  a  flat  spiral  spring 
of  many  convolutions,  after  the  manner  of  the  balance-wheel 
of  a  watch,  under  the  influence  of  which  it  performs  oscilla- 
tions that  are  accurately  isochronous.    See  Fig.  43a. 

The  first  thing  to  be  done  is  to  determine  once  for  all  the 
moment  of  inertia  of  the  table,  which  is  done  by  observing, 
first,  the  time  T.  of  an  oscillation  with  the  table  unloaded, 
and  then  the  time  Tj  of  an  oscillation  with  a  load  of  known 
moment  of  inertia  I, — e.g.  the  disc  may  be  loaded  with  two 
•mall  metal  cylinders  of  known  weight  and  dimensions  placed 
at  the  extremities  of  a  diameter. 

Then,  since 

T.=27r^/ir 

V    R 


and  Tj=2jr   /L+L 


T« 


I,  having  thus  been  determined,  the  value  of  I  for  any  object 
laid  on  the  disc,  with  its  centre  of  gravity  directly  over  the 


8o 


Dynamics  of  Rotation, 


axis,  is  found  from  the  corresponding  time  of  oscillation  T 
by  the  relations 

V  E 

andT=27r^/yi 

V  R 


whence  1=1, 


rpa rri  2 


Fio.  43a. 


Examples  on  Chapters  V.  and  VI.  8 1 


Examples  for  Solution. 

(1)  A  thin  heavy  bar,  90  centimetres  long,  hangs  in  a  horizontal 
position  by  a  light  string  attached  to  its  ends,  and  passed  over  a 
peg  rertically  above  the  middle  of  the  bar  at  a  distance  of  10  centi- 
metres. Find  the  time  of  a  complete  small  oscillation  in  a  vertical 
plane  containing  the  bar,  under  the  action  of  gravity. 

Ans.  1766     .     .     .    seconds. 

(2)  A  uniform  circular  disc,  of  1  foot  radius,  weighing  20  lbs.,  is 
pivoted  on  a  central  horizontal  axis.  A  small  weight  is  attached  to 
the  rim,  and  the  disc  is  observed  to  oscillate,  under  the  influence  of 
gravity,  once  in  3  seconds.     Find  the  value  of  the  small  weight. 

Ans.  1*588  lbs. 
(8)  A  bar  magnet  10  centimetres  long,  and  of  square  section  1 
centimetre  in  the  side,  weighs  78  grams.  When  hung  horizontally 
by  a  fine  fibre  it  is  observed  to  make  three  complete  oscillations  in 
80  seconds  at  a  place  where  the  earth's  horizontal  force  is  "18  dynes. 
Find  the  magnetic  moment  of  the  magnet. 

Ans.  202*48    .     .     .    dyne-centimetre  units. 

(4)  A  solid  cylinder  of  2  centimetre  radius,  weighing  200  grams,  is 
rigidly  attached  with  its  axis  vertical  to  the  lower  end  of  a  fine  wire. 
If,  under  the  influence  of  torsion,  the  cylinder  make  0*5  complete 
oscillations  per  second,  find  the  couple  required  to  twist  it  through 
four  complete  turns.  Ans.  3200 Xtt^  dyne-centimetre  units. 

(5)  A  pendulum  consists  of  a  heavy  thin  bar  4  ft.  long,  pivoted 
about  an  axle  through  the  upper  end.  Find  (1)  the  time  of  swing ; 
(2)  the  length  of  the  equivalent  simple  pendulum. 

Ans.  (1)  1*81  seconds  approximately;  (2)  2*6  feet. 

(6)  Out  of  a  uniform  rectangular  sheet  of  card,  24  inches  x  16 
inches,  is  cut  a  central  circle  8  inches  in  diameter.  The  remainder  is 
then  supported  on  a  horizontal  knife-edge  at  the  nearest  point  of  the 
circle  to  a  shortest  side.  Find  the  time  of  a  complete  small  oscilla- 
tion under  the  influence  of  gravity  (a)  in  the  plane  of  the  card  ;  (6)  in 
a  plane  perpendicular  thereto. 

Ans.  (a)  1*555  seconds  ;  (6)  1*322  seconds. 

(7)  A  long  light  spiral  spring  is  elongated  1  inch  by  a  force  of  2 
pounds,  2  inches  by  a  force  of  4  pounds.  Find  how  many  complete 
small  otcillntions  it  will  make  per  minute  with  a  3  lb.  weight 
attached.  Ann.  IAS'7 

F 


CHAPTEE    VIII. 

CONSERVATION   OF  ANGULAR  MOMENTUM. 

Analogue  in  Rotation  to  Newton's  Third  Law  of 
Motion. — Newton's  Third  Law  of  Motion  is  the  statement 
that  to  every  action  there  is  an  equal  and  opposite  reaction. 

This  law  is  otherwise  expressed  in  the  Principle  of  the 
Conservation  of  Momentum,  which  is  the  statement  that 
when  two  portions  of  matter  act  upon  each  other,  whatever 
amount  of  momentum  is  generated  in  any  direction  in  the 
one,  an  equal  amount  is  generated  in  the  opposite  direction 
in  the  other.  So  that  the  total  amount  of  momentum  in  any 
direction  is  unaltered  by  the  action. 

In  the  study  of  rotational  motion  we  deal  not  with  forces 
but  with  torques,  not  with  linear  momenta  but  with  angular 
momenta,  and  the  analogous  statement  to  Newton's  Third 
Law  is  that  'no  torque,  with  respect  to  any  axis,  can  be 
exerted  on  any  portion  of  matter  without  the  exertion  on 
some  other  portion  of  matter  of  an  equal  and  opposite  torque 
about  the  same  axis. ' 

To  deduce  this  as  an  extension  of  Newton's  Third  Law,  it 
is  sufficient  to  point  out  that  the  reaction  to  any  force  being 
not  only  equal  and  opposite,  but  also  in  the  same  straight  line 
as  the  force,  must  have  an  equal  and  opposite  moment  about 
any  axis. 

The  corresponding  principle  of  the  conservation  of  angular 
momentum  is  that  by  no  action  of  one   portion  of  matter 


Conservation  of  Angular  Momentum.       83 


on  another  can  the  total  amount  of  angular  momentum,  about 
any  fixed  axis  in  space,  be  altered. 

Application  of  the  Principle  in  cases  of  Motion 
round  a  fixed  Axle.— We  have  seen  (p.  21)  that  the 
'angular  momentum' of  a  rigid  body  rotating  about  a  fixed 
axle  is  the  name  given,  by  analogy  with  linear  momentum 
(mr),  to  the  product  lu,  and  that  just  as  a  force  may  be 
measured  by  the  momentum  it  generates  in  a  given  time,  so 
the  moment  of  a  force  may  be  measured  by  the  angular 
momentum  it  generates  in  a  given  time. 

ZSt  Example  of  the  Principle.— Suppose  a  rigid  body 
A,  Bay  a  disc  whose  moment  of 
inertia  is  I„  to  be  rotating  with 
angular  velocity  coi  about  a  fixed 
axle;  and  that  on  the  same  shaft 
is  a  second  disc  B  of  moment  of 
inertia  I„  and  which  we  will  at 
first  suppose  to  be  at  rest.  Now, 
imagine  the  disc  B  to  be  slid  along 
the  shaft  till  some  projecting  point 
of  it  begins  to  rub  against  A.  This 
will  sot  op  a  force  of  friction  be- 
tween the  two,  the  moment  of 
which  will  at  every  instant  be  the 
same  for  each,  consequently  as  much  angular  momentum  as  is 
destroyed  in  A  will  be  imparted  to  B,  so  that  the  total 
quantity  of  angular  momentum  will  remain  unaltered. 
Ultimately  the  two  will  rotate  together  with  the  same 
angular  velocity  Q  which  is  given  by  the  equation 


no.  41 


--ir:rt 


84  Dynamics  of  Rotation, 

If  the  second  disc  had  initially  an  angular  velocity  w,,  then 
the  equation  of  conservation  of  angular  momentum  gives  us 

(Il  +  l2)Q  =  Iia>l +120)2, 

'^''— irnr' 

which,  it  will  be  observed,  corresponds  exactly  to  the  equation 
of  conservation  of  linear  momentum  in  the  direct  impact  of 
inelastic  bodies,  viz. : — 

(7?ii + wis)  V=  rrbiVi  +  maVj. 

2nd   Example. — A  horizontal  disc   whose   moment    of 

inertia  is   Ii,  rotates   about 
a    fixed   vertical    axis   with 
^  I    angular  velocity  Wj.     Imagine 

a  particle  of  any  mass  to  be 
detached  from  the  rest,  and 
FIG.  45.  connected  with  the  axis  by 

an  independent  rigid  bar  whose  mass  may  be  neglected.  At 
first  let  the  particle  be  rotating  with  the  rest  of  the  system 
with  the  same  angular  velocity  cuj.  Now,  let  a  horizontal 
pressure,  always  at  right  angles  to  the  rod  and  parallel  to  the 
disc,  be  applied  between  them  so  that  the  rotation  of  the 
particle  is  checked,  and  that  of  the  remainder  of  the  system 
accelerated  {e.g.  by  a  man  standing  on  the  disc  and  pushing 
.against  the  radius  rod  as  one  would  push  against  the  arm  of  a 
lock-gate  on  a  canal),  until  finally  the  particle  is  brought  to 
rest.  By  what  has  just  been  said,  as  much  angular  momentum 
as  is  destroyed  in  the  particle  will  be  communicated  to  the 
remainder  of  the  disc,  so  that  the  total  angular  momentum 
will  remain  unaltered.  We  may  now  imagine  the  stationary 
non-rotating  particle  transferred  to  the  axis,  and  there  again 
attached  to  the  remainder  of  the  system,  without  affecting 


Conservation  of  Angular  Momentum,       85 


the  motion  of  the  latter.  If  I,  is  now  the  reduced  moment 
of  inertia  of  the  system,  and  w,  its  angular  velocity,  we  have, 
by  what  has  been  said, 

Ii««-Ii«h 

Or,  we  may  imagine  the  particle,  after  ha^'ing  been  brought 
to  rest,  pUoed  at  some  other  position  on  its  radius,  and 
allowed  to  come  into  frictional  contact  ^^-ith  the  disc  again, 
till  the  two  rotate  together  again  as  one  rigid  body.  If  1$  be 
now  the  moment  of  inertia  of  the  system,  we  shall  have 

I«W,bI,Ci>,=::Ii«>1, 

or  •»a"'«»i)<f^ 

3rd  Example. — Suppose  that,  by  the  application  of  a  force 
always  directed  towards  the  axis,  wo 
cause  a  portion  of  a  rotating  body  to  slide 
along  a  radius  so  as  to  alter  its  distance 
from  the  axis.  By  doing  so  we  evidently 
alter  the  moment  of  inertia  of  the  system, 
bat  the  angular  momentum  about  the 
axis  will  remain  constant 

For  example,  let  a  disc  rotating  on  a 
hollow  shaft  be  provided  with  radial 
grooves  along  which  two  equal  masses 
can  be  drawn  towards  the  axis  by  means 
of  strings  passing  down  the  interior  of  the  shaft  It  is  clear 
that  each  of  the  moveable  masses  at  it  is  drawn  along  the 
groove  is  brought  into  successive  contact  with  parts  of  the 
disc  moving  more  slowly  than  itself,  and  must  thus  impart 
angular  momentum  to  them,  losing  as  much  as  it  imparts. 

4th  Example.— A  mass  M  rotates  on  a  smooth  horisontal 


no.  40. 


86  Dynamics  of  Rotation, 

plane,  being  fastened  to  a  string  which  passes  through  a  small 
hole  in  the  plane,  and  which  is  held  by  the  hand.     On  slacken- 
ing the  string  the  mass  recedes  from  the 
^^'  axis  and  revolves  more  slowly ;  on  tighten- 

/  ing  the  string  the  mass  approaches  the 

axis  and  revolves  faster. 

Here,  again,  the  angular  momentum  Iw 
will  remain  constant,  there  being  no  external 
force  with  a  moment  about  the  axis  to  in- 
crease its  amount.    But  it  is  not  so  apparent 
in  this  case  how  the  increase  of  angular 
velocity  that  accompanies  the  diminution  of 
moment  of  inertia  has  been  brought  about. 
For  simplicity,  consider  instead  of  a  finite  mass  M  a  par- 
ticle of  mass  m  at  distance  r  from  the  axis  when  rotating  with 
angular  velocity  a>.     The  moment  of  inertia  I  of  the  particle 
is  then  mr^  and  the  angular  momentum  =Ia) 

but  ra>=?;  the  tangential  speed  \ 
.*.     the  angular  momentum =mrt', 
thus  for  the  angular  momentum  to  remain  constant  ?;  must 
incre^e  exactly  in  proportion  as  r  diminishes,  and  vke  versa. 

In  the  case  in  question  the  necessary  increase  in  v  is  effected 
by  the  resolved  part  of  the  central  pull  in  the  direction  of  the 
motion  of  the  particle.     For  the  instant  this  pull  exceeds  the 

value  (^^)  of  the  centripetal  force  necessary  to  keep  the 

particle  moving  in  its  circular  path,  the  particle  begins  to  be 
drawn  out  of  that  path,  and  no  longer  moves  at  right  angles 
to  the  force,  but  partly  in  its  direction,  and  with  increasing 
velocity,  along  a  spiral  path. 


ConseTjation  of  Angular  Mo7nentum,       Z^j 

This  increase  in  velocity  involves  an  increase  in  the  kinetic 
energy  of  the  particle  equivalent  to  the  work  done  by  the  force. 

Consideration  of  the  Kinetic  Energy.— It  should 
be  observed,  in  general,  that  if  by  means  of  forces  having  no 
moment  about  the  axis  we  alter  the  moment  of  inertia 
of  a  system,  then  the  kinetic  energy  of  rotation  about  that 
1X18  is  altered  in  inverse  proportion.  For,  let  the  initial 
moment  of  inertia  Ij  become  I,  under  the  action  of  such  forces, 
then  the  new  angular  velocity  by  the  principle  of  the  con- 
tenration  of  angular  momentum 

is  CD,  «  (Di  X    i. 

-Is 
and  the  new  value  of  the  rotational  energy  is  JlaCdS 

I. 

=  JIXx5^ 

«s  (original  energy)  x  yi. 

The  ttadent  will  lee  that  in  Example  2,  p.  84,  the  stoppage  of 
the  perticle  with  its  radius  rod  in  the  way  described  involves 
the  eommunication  of  additional  rotational  energy  to  the  disc, 
and  that,  in  Example  3,  the  pulling  in  of  the  cord  attached 
to  the  sliding  manes  commnnicated  energy  to  the  system, 
thoogh  not  angoUr  momentum. 

Other  Exemplifications  of  the  Principle  of  the 
Consenration  of  Angular  Momentum.— (z)  A  juggler 
standing  on  a  spinning  disc  (like  a  music-stool)  can  cause  his 
rite  of  rotation  to  decrease  or  increase  by  simply  extending 
or  drawing  in  his  arms.  The  same  thing  can  be  done  by  a 
akater  spinning  round  a  vortical  axis  with  his  feet  close 
together  on  well-roanded  skatea. 


88 


Dynamics  of  Rotation, 


(2)  When  water  is  let  out  of  a  basin  by  a  hole  in  the 
bottom,  as  the  outward  parts  approach  the  centre,  any  rota- 
tion, however  slight  and  imperceptible  it  may  have  been  at 
first,  generally  becomes  very  rapid  and  obvious.^ 

(3)  Thus,  also,  we  see  that  any  rotating  mass  of  hot  matter 
which  shrinks  as  it  cools,  and  so  brings  its  particles  nearer  to 
the  axis  of  rotation,  will  increase  its  rate  of  rotation  as  it  cools. 

The  sun  and  the  earth  itself,  and  the  other  planets,  are  pro- 
bably all  of  them  cooling  and  shrinking,  and  their  respective 
rates  of  rotation,  therefore,  on  this  account  increasing. 

If  the  sun  has  been  condensed  from  a  very  extended  nebu- 
lous mass,  as  has  been  supposed,  a  very  slow  rate  of  revolu- 
tion, in  its  original  form,  would  suffice  to  account  for  the 
present  comparatively  rapid  rotation  of  the  sun  (one  revolu- 
tion in  about  25  days). 

Graphical  representation  of  Angular  Momentum. 
— The  angular  momentum  about  any  axis  of  any  rotating 
body  may  be  completely  represented  by  drawing  a  line  parallel 
to  that  axis  and  of  a  length  proportional  to  the  angular  mo- 
mentum in  question.  The 
direction  of  the  rotation  is 
usually  indicated  by  the  con- 
vention that  the  line  shall 
be  drawn  in  the  direction  in 
which  a  right-handed  screw 
would  advance  through  its 
nut  if  turning  with  the  same 
rotation.  Thus  OA  and  OB 
in  Figs.  48  and  49  would 
represent  angular  momenta,  as  shown  by  the  arrows.     If  a 

^  It  can  be  shown  that  other  causes  besides  that  mentioned  may 
also  produce  the  effect  referred  to. 


no.  48. 


Conservation  of  Angular  Momentum,       89 

body  having  only  angular  momentum  about  an  axis  parallel  to 
and  represented  by  OA  (Fig.  50)  is  acted  on  for  a  time  by  a 
couple  in  the  same  plane  as  the  original  direction  of  this  axis, 
this  cannot  alter  the  angular  momentum  about  this  axis,  but 
will  add  an  angular  momentum  which  we  may  represent  by 
OB  perpendicular  to  OA.  Then  the  total 
angular  momentum  of  the  body  must  be  re- 
presented by  the  diagonal  OC  of  the  parallelo- 
gram AB  (Fig.  50).  And  in  general  the 
amount  of  angular  momentum  existing  about 
any  line  is  represented  by  the  projection  on 
that  line  of  the  line  representing  the  total 
angular  momentum  in  question. 

Moment  of  Momentum.— The  phrase  ''°-^°- 
*  angular  momentum '  is  convenient  only  so 
long  as  we  are  dealing  with  a  single  particle  or  with  a  system 
of  particles  rigidly  connected  to  the  axis,  so  that  each  has 
the  same  angular  velocity ;  when,  on  the  other  hand,  we  have 
to  consider  the  motions  of  a  system  of  disconnected  parts, 
the  principle  of  conservation  of  angular  momentum  is  more 
conveniently  enunciated  as  the  *  conservation  of  moment 
of  momentum.* 

By  the  moment  of  momentum  at  any  instant  of  a  particle 
about  any  axis  is  meant  the  product  (mtjp)  of  the  resolved 
part  (mv)  of  the  momentum  in  a  plane  perpendicular  to  the 
axis,  and  the  distance  (p)  of  its  direction  from  the  axis,  w 
the  moment  of  momentum  of  a  particle  may  be  defined  and 
thought  of  as  that  part  of  the  momentum  which  alone  is 
concerned  in  giving  rotation  about  the  axis,  multiplied  by 
the  distance  of  the  particle  from  the  axis.  Since  the 
action    of    one    particle    on    another  always  involves   the 


90 


Dynamics  of  Rotation, 


simultaneous  generation  of  equal  and  opposite  momenta 
along  the  line  joining  them  (see  Note  on  Chapter  ii.),  it 
follows  that  the  moments  about  any  axis  of  the  momenta 
generated  by  such  interaction  are  also  equal  and  opposite. 
Hence  in  any  system  of  particles  unacted  on  by  matter  out- 
side there  is  conservation  of  moment  of  momentum,  or,  in 

algebraical  language, 

2(mvp) = constant. 

The  moment  of  momentum  of  a  particle  as  thus  defined  is 

easily  seen  to  be  the  same  thing  as  its  angular  momentum  zw. 

^o    For,  let  O  be  any  axis  perpendicular 

to  the  plane  of  the  paper,  and  P  a 

particle  of  mass  m  having  a  velocity 

V  inclined  to  the  plane  of  the  paper, 

and  let  this  velocity  have  a  resolute  v 

in  the  plane  of  the  paper.    Let  PF  be 

the  distance  traversed  parallel  to  the 

paper  in  a  very  short  interval  of  time 


FIO.  51. 


pp/ 

{di)^  then  v=  -^.   Let  ^  be  the  length  of  the  perpendicular  ON 

let  fall  on  the  direction  of  PP'.     Then,  by  our  definition,  the 
moment  of  momentum  of  the  particle  about  the  axis  O  is 
PP' 
at 
The  angle  {dQ)  swept  out  in  this  small  interval  of  time  is 

theanglcPOP'=?^  (being  small)  =|x^=|  ^ 
.*.  -^rji—^idi)  where  w  is  the  angular  velocity, 
'    "*~^,       .*.  pv='R^(o  and  mvp=m'R^o) 


R" 


1(0 


i.e.  the  moment  of  momentum  of  the  particle  is  the  same  as 
its  angular  momentum. 


Conservation  of  A  ngular  Momentum.       9 1 

General  Conclusion. — The  student  will  now  be  prepared 
to  accept  the  conclusion  that  if,  under  any  circumstances,  we 
observe  that  the  forces  acting  on  any  system  cause  an  altera- 
tion in  the  angular  momentum  of  that  system  about  any  given 
fixed  line,  then  we  shall  find  that  an  equal  and  opposite  altera- 
tion is  simultaneously  produced  in  the  angular  momentum 
about  the  same  axis,  of  matter  external  to  the  system. 


Caution. — At  the  same  time  he  is  reminded  that  it  is  only 
in  the  case  of  a  rigid  body  rotating  about  a  fixed  axle  that  we 
have  learned  that  the  angular  momentum  about  that  axle  is 
measured  by  Iw.  He  must  not  conclude  either  that  there 
is  no  angular  momentum  about  an  axis  perpendicular  to 
the  actual  axis  of  rotation,  or  that  Iw  will  express  the 
angular  momentum  about  an  axis  when  w  is  only  the  com- 
ponent angular  velocity  about  that  axis. 


Ballistic  Pendulum. — In  Robins's  ballistic  pendulum, 
used  for  detcrniiiiing  the  velocity  of  a  bullet,  we  have  an 
interesting  practical  application  of  the  principle  of  conserva- 
tion of  moment  of  momentum.  The  pendulum  consists  of  a 
massive  block  of  wood  rigidly  attached  to  a  fixed  horizontal 
axle  above  its  centre  of  gravity  about  which  it  can  turn 
freely,  the  whole  being  Bymmetrical  with  respect  to  a  vertical 
plane  through  the  centre  of  mass  perpendicular  to  the  axle. 
The  bullet  is  fired  horizontally  into  the  wood  in  a  plane 
perpendicular  to  the  axle,  and  remains  embedded  in  the 
mass,  penetration  ceasing  before  the  pendulum  has  moved 
appreciably.  The  amplitude  of  swing  imparted  to  the  pen- 
dulum is  observed,  and  from  this  the  velocity  of  the  bullet 


92  Dynamics  of  Rotation, 

before  impact  is  easily  deduced.      Let  I  be  the  moment 

of  inertia  of  the  pendulum  alone  about  the  axle,  M  its 

mass,  (Z  the  distance  of  its  centre  of  gravity  from  the  axis. 

Let  m  be  the  mass  of  the  bullet  and  r  its  distance  from  the 

axis  when  penetration  ceases,  and  let  Q  be  the  angle  through 

which  the  pendulum  swings  to  one  side. 

Then  the  angular  velocity  w  at  its  lowest  point  is  found  by 

writing 

Kinetic  energy  of  pendulum  ^        r  work  done  against  gravity 

and  embedded  bullet  at  [-  =  ^  in     lifting     through 

lowest  point,  j        (.         angle  ^, 

Pa>2+Jmr2(o2=:M^(^(l-cos^)+w^r(l-cos^), 
an  equation  which  gives  us  o>. 

Now,  let  V  be  the  velocity  of  the  bullet  before  impact  that 
we  require  to  find,  and  I  the  shortest  distance  from  the  axis 
to  the  line  of  fire.     Then  writing 
moment  of  momentum  about^  _  rangular  momentum  about 

axis  before  impact,  /     I     axis  after  impact, 

we  have 

which  gives  us  v. 

The  student  should  observe  that  we  apply  the  principle  of 
conservation  of  energy  only  to  the  frictionless  swinging  of  the 
pendulum,  as  a  convenient  way  of  deducing  its  velocity  at  its 
lowest  point.  Of  the  original  energy  of  the  bullet  the  greater 
part  is  dissipated  as  heat  inside  the  wood. 

In  order  to  avoid  a  damaging  shock  to  the  axle,  the  bullet 
would,  in  practice,  be  fired  along  a  line  passing  through  the 
centre  of  percussion,  which,  as  we  shall  see  (p.  124),  lies  at 
a  distance  from  the  axis  equal  to  the  length  of  the  equivalent 
simple  pendulum. 


Examples  on  Chapter  VI I L  93 

Examples. 

(1)  A  horizontal  disc,  8  inches  in  diameter,  weighing  8  lbs.,  spins 
without  appreciable  friction  at  a  rate  of  10  turns  per  second  about 
a  thin  Tertical  axle,  over  which  is  dropped  a  sphere  of  the  same 
weight  and  5  inches  in  diameter.  After  a  few  moments  of  slipping 
the  two  rotate  together.  Find  the  common  angular  velocity  of  the 
two,  and  also  the  amount  of  heat  generated  in  the  rubbing  together 
of  the  two  (taking  772  foot-pounds  of  work  as  equivalent  to  one  unit 
of  heat).  Ans.  (i)  7*619  turns  per  sec. 

„     (ii)  -008456 

(2)  A  uniform  sphere,  8  inches  in  radius,  rotates  without  friction 
about  a  vertical  axis.  A  small  piece  of  putty  weighing  2  oz.  is 
projected  directly  on  to  its  surface  in  latitude  30°  on  the  sphere  and 
there  sticks,  and  the  rate  of  spin  is  observed  to  be  thereby  reduced 
by  x^.  Find  the  moment  of  inertia  of  the  sphere,  and  thence  its 
■pecific  gravity.  Ans.  (i)  7 J  oz.-foot*  units. 

„     (ii)-0332. 

(8)  Assuming  that  the  N.E.  trade-winds  would  be  N.  winds  but 
for  the  earth's  rotation,  examine  the  suggestion  that  a  windmill  which 
is  worked  by  the  easterly  component  of  such  a  wind  is  driven  at  the 
expense  of  the  earth's  rotation. 

(4)  A  boy  leaps  radially  from  a  rapidly  revolving  round-about  on 
to  a  neighbouring  one  at  rest,  and  to  which  he  clings.  Find  the 
effect  on  the  second,  supposing  it  to  be  unimpeded  by  friction,  and 
that  the  boy  reaches  it  along  a  radius. 

(6)  A  wheel  on  a  frictionless  axle  has  its  circumference  pressed 
agaiost  a  travelling  band  moving  at  a  speed  which  is  maintained 
constant.  Prove  that  when  clipping  has  ceased  as  much  energy  will 
have  been  lost  in  heat  as  has  been  imparted  to  the  wheel. 

(e)  Find  the  velocity  of  a  bullet  fired  into  a  ballistic  pendulum  from 
the  following  data  : — 

The  moment  of  inertia  of  the  pendulum  is  200  Ib.-foof  units, 
and  it  weighs  20  lbs.  The  distance  from  the  axis  of  its  centre  of 
gravity  is  3  feet,  and  of  the  horizontal  line  of  fire  is  ^  feet ;  the 
bullet  penetrates  as  far  as  the  plane  containing  the  axis  and  centre  of 
msM  and  weighs  2  oz.    The  cosine  of  the  observed  swing  is  \. 

Ans.  050'.39  feet  per  seo. 
(taking  ^==32*2.) 


CHAPTEE    IX. 

ON  THE  KINEMATICAL  AND  DYNAMICAL  PROPERTIES  OF  THE 
CENTRE  OF  MASS. 

Evidence  of  tjje  existence  for  a  Rigid  Body  of  a 
point   possessing    peculiar   dynamical    relations.— 

Suppose  a  single  external  force  to  be  applied  to  a  rigid  body 
previously  at  rest  and  perfectly  free  to 
move' in  any  manner.  The  student  will 
prepared  to  admit  that,  in  accordance 
with  Newton's  Second  Law  of  Motion, 
the  body  will  experience  an  acceleration 
proportional  directly  to  the  force  and 
inversely  to  its  mass,  and  that  it  will 
begin  to  advance  in  the  direction  of  the 
applied  force.  But  Newton's  Law  does  not  tell  us  explicitly 
whether  the  body  will  behave  differently  according  to  the 
position  of  the  point  at  which  we  apply  the  force,  always 
assuming  it  to  be  in  the  same  direction. 
Now,  common  experience  teaches  us  that 
there  is  a  difference.  If,  for  example,  the 
body  be  of  uniform  material,  and  we  apply 
the  force  near  to  one  edge,  as  in  the  second 
figure,  the  body  begins  to  turn,  while  if  we 

no.  53. 

apply  the  force  at  the  opposite  edge,  the 
body  will  turn  in  the  opposite  direction.  It  is  always  possible, 
however,  to  find  a  point  through  which,  if  the  force  be  ap- 


pre 

r^  he 

I  I ^     wit 


FIO.  52. 


Properties  of  the  Centre  of  Mass,  95 

plied,  the  body  will  advance  without  turning.  The  student 
should  observe  that  if,  when  the  force  was  applied  at  one 
edge  of  the  body,  as  in  Fig.  2,  the  body  advanced  without 
turning,  precisely  as  we  may  suppose  it  to  have  done  in 
Fig.  1,  this  would  not  involve  any  deviation  from  Newton's 
Law  applied  to  the  body  as  a  whole^  for  the  force  would  still 
be  producing  the  same  mass-acceleration  in  its  own  direction. 

It  is  evidently  important  to  know  under  what  circum- 
stances a  body  will  turn,  and  under  what  circumstances  it  will 
not. 

The  physical  nature  of  the  problem  will  become  clearer  in 
the  light  of  a  few  simple  experiments. 

Experiment  1. — Let  any  convenient  rigid  body,  such  as  a  walking- 
stick,  a  hammer,  or  say  a  straight  rod  conveniently  weighted  at  one 
end,  be  held  vertically  by  one  hand  and  then  allowed  to  fall,  and 
while  falling  let  the  observer  strike  it  a  smart  horizontal  blow,  and 
observe  whether  this  causes  it  to  turn,  and  which  way  round ;  it 
is  easy,  after  a  few  trials,  to  find  a  point  at  which,  if  the  rod  be  struck, 
it  will  not  turn.  If  struck  at  any  other  point  it  does  turn.  The  ex- 
periment is  a  partial  realisation  of  that  just  alluded  to. 

Bzpcrlmaat  S.— It  is  instructive  to  make  the  experiment  in  another 
way.  Let  a  smooth  stone  of  any  shape,  resting  loosely  on  smooth 
hard  ice,  be  poked  with  a  stick.  It  will  be  found  easy  to  poke  the 
•tone  either  so  that  it  shall  turn,  or  so  that  it  shall  not  turn,  and  if 
the  direction  of  the  thrusts  which  move  the  stone  without  rotation  be 
noticed,  it  will  be  found  that  the  vertical  pUmes  containing  these 
directions  intersect  in  a  common  line.  If,  now,  the  stone  be  turned 
on  its  side  and  the  experiments  be  repeated,  a  second  such  line  can 
be  found  intersecting  the  first.  The  intersection  gives  a  point  through 
which  it  will  be  found  that  any  force  must  pass  which  will  cause 
motion  without  taming. 

lipwlBttnl  t. — With  A  li^'lii  '»i'j'"t,  Mirli  as  ;i  flat  piccc  of  paper  or 
card  of  any  shape,  the  expnuncni  niay  \>c  m.ulo  hy  laying  it,  with  a 
very  fine  thread  attached,  on  the  surface  of  a  horizontal  mirror  dusted 
over  with  lycopodiom  powder  to  diminish  friction,  and  then  tugging 


96  Dynamics  of  Rotation. 

at  the  thread ;  the  image  of  the  thread  in  the  mirror  aids  in  the 
alignment.  The  thread  is  then  attached  at  a  different  place,  and  a 
second  line  on  the  paper  is  obtained. 

If  a  body,  in  which  the  position  of  the  point  having  these 
peculiar  properties  has  been  determined  by  any  of  the 
methods  described,  be  examined  to  find  the  Centre  of  Gravity, 
it  will  be  found  that  within  the  limits  of  experimental  error 
the  two  points  coincide.  This  result  may  be  confirmed  by 
the  two  following  experiments. 

Experiment  4. — Let  a  rigid  body  of  any  shape  whatever  be  allowed 
to  fall  freely  from  rest.  It  will  be  observed  that,  in  whatever  position 
the  body  may  have  been  held,  it  falls  without  turning  (so  long  at  any 
rate  as  the  disturbing  eflfect  of  air  friction  can  be  neglected).  In  this 
case  we  know  that  the  body  is,  in  every  position,  acted  on  by  a 
system  of  forces  (the  weights  of  the  respective  particles)  whose  resul- 
tant passes  through  the  centre  of  gravity. 

Experiment  5. — When  a  body  hangs  at  rest  by  a  string,  the  direc- 
tion of  the  string  passes  through  the  centre  of  gravity.  If  the  string 
be  pulled  either  gradually  or  with  a  sudden  jerk,  the  body  moves 
upward  with  a  corresponding  acceleration,  but  again  without  turning. 
This  is  a  very  accurate  proof  of  the  coincidence  of  the  two  points. 

We  now  pass  to  another  remarkable  dynamical  property, 
which  may  be  enunciated  as  follows  : — 

'  If  a  couple  be  applied  to  a  non-rotating  rigid  body  that  is 
perfectly  free  to  move  in  any  manner^  then  the  body  mil  begin  to 
rotate  about  an  axis  passing  through  a  point  not  distinguishable 
from  the  centre  of  gravity.' 

This  very  important  property  is  one  which  the  student 
should  take  every  opportunity  of  bringing  home  to  himself. 

If  a  uniform   bar,   AB, 

X'^ o ^B    free  to  move  in  any  man- 

A  ^^  ner,  be  acted  on  by  a  couple 

no.  64.  whose   forces   are  applied 


Properties  of  the  Centre  of  Mass. 


97 


as  indicated,  each  at  the  same  distance  from  the  centre  of 
mass  G,  then  it  is  easy  to  believe  that  the  bar  will  begin  to 
turn  about  G.    But  if  one  force  be  applied  at  A  and  the  other 


TVX.  55.  no.  66. 

at  G  itself,  as  in  Fig.  55,  or  between  A  and  G,  as  in  Fig.  56, 
then  it  is  by  no  means  so  obvious  that  G  will  be  the  tuining 
point.  The  matter  may  be  brought  to  the  test  of  experiment 
in  the  manner  indicated  in  the  following  figure. 


V„ 


^L^=. 


g-"BL."L|g.l§»Tr= 


! 

T\Q.  57. 

Experiment  6. — A  Magnet  NS  lies  horizontally  on  a  square-cut 
Mock  of  wood,  being  suitably  counterpoised  by  weights  of  brass  or 
lead,  so  that  the  wood  can  float  ns  shown  in  a  large  vessel  of  still 
water.  The  whole  is  turned  so  that  the  magnet  lies  magnetic  east 
and  west,  and  then  released,  when  it  will  bo  observed  that  the  centre 
of  gravity  G  remains  *  vertically  under  a  fixed  point  P  as  the  whole 

>  The  centre  of  gravity  must,  for  hydrostatic  reasons,  be  situated 
in  the  same  vertical  line  as  the  centre  of  figure  of  the  submerged  part 
of  the  block. 

O 


98 


Dynarnics  of  Rotation, 


turns  about  it.     It  is  assumed  here  that  the  magnet  is  aflfected  by  a 
horizontal  couple  due  to  the  earth's  action. 

We  now  proceed  to  show  experimentally  that  when  a  rigid 
body  at  rest  and  free  to  move  in  any  manner  is  acted  on  by 
forces  having  a  resultant  which  does  not  pass  through  the 

centre  of   Gravity, 


then  the  body  begins 
to  rotate  with  an- 
gular acceleration 
about  the  centre  of 
Gravity,  while  at  the 
same  time  the  centre 
of  gravity  advances 
in  the  direction  of 
the  resultant  force. 


Experiment  7. — Let 

any  rigid  body  hanging 
FIG.  53.  freely  at  rest  by  a  string 

be  struck  a  smart 
blow  vertically  upwards.  It  will  be  observed  that  the  centre  of  gravity 
rises  vertically,  while  at  the  same  time  the  body  turns  about  it,  unless 
the  direction  of  the  blow  passes  exactly  through  the  centre  of  gravity. 

[It  will  be  found  convenient  in  making  the  experiment  for 
the  observer  to  stand  so  that  the  string  is  seen  projected 
along  the  vertical  edge  of  some  door  or  window  frame.  The 
path  of  the  Centre  of  Gravity  will  then  be  observed  not  to 
deviate  to  either  side  of  this  line  of  projection.  The  blow 
should  be  strong  enough  to  lift  the  centre  of  mass  considerably, 
and  it  is  well  to  select  an  object  with  considerable  moment  of 
inertia  about  the  Centre  of  Gravity,  so  that  though  the  blow  is 
eccentric  the  body  is  not  thereby  caused  to  spin  round  so 
quickly  as  to  strike  the  string  and  thus  spoil  the  experiment.] 


Properties  of  the  Centre  of  Mass.  99 

We  have  now  quoted  direct  experimental  evidence  of  the 
existence  in  the  case  of  rigid  bodies  of  a  point  having  peculiar 
dynamical  relations  to  the  body,  and  have  seen  that  we  are 
unable  experimentally  to  distinguish  the  position  of  this 
point  from  that  of  the  centre  of  gravity.  But  this  is  no  proof 
that  the  two  points  actually  coincide.  Our  experiments  have 
not  been  such  as  to  enable  us  to  decide  that  the  points  are  not 
in  every  case  separated  by  y^\j^  inch,  or  even  by  -j-J^^  inch. 

We  shall  now  proceed  to  prove  that  the  point  which  has 
the  dynamical  relations  referred  to  is  that  known  as  the 
Centre  of  Mass,  and  defined  by  the  following  relation. 
Let  77i„  7»„  m„  ...  be  the  masses  of  the  constituent  particles 
of  any  body  or  system  of  particles;  and  let  iCi,  x„  a:,,  .  .  .  be 
their  respective  distances  from  any  plane,  then  the  distance 
X  of  the  centre  of  mass  from  that  plane  is  given  by  the 

relation  a;= 


-    2(?7w;) 
or  a;=   X^—- 

That  the  centre  of  mass  whose  position  is  thus  defined 
coincides  experimentally  with  the  centre  of  gravity,  follows, 
as  was  pointed  out  in  the  note  on  p.  38,  from  the  experimental 
fact,  for  which  no  explanation  has  yet  been  discovered,  that 
the  mass  or  inertia  of  different  bodies  is  proportional  to  their 
weight,  i.e.  to  the  force  with  which  the  earth  pulls  them. 

Our  method  of  procedure  will  be,  first  formally  to  enunciate 
and  prove  certain  very  useful  but  purely  kinematical  pro- 
perties of  the  Centre  of  Mass,  and  then  to  give  the  theoretical 
proof  that  it  possesses  djmamical  properties,  of  which  we  have 
selected  special  examples  for  direct  experimental  demon- 
stration. 


lOO  Dyna7nics  of  Rotation. 

By  the  student  who  has  followed  the  above  account  of  the 
experimental  phenomena,  the  physical  meaning  of  these  pro- 
positions will  be  easily  perceived  and  their  practical  import- 
ance realised,  even  though  the  analytical  proofs  now  to  be 
given  may  be  found  a  little  difficult  to  follow  or  recollect. 

Proposition  I. — (Kinematical.)  On  the  displacement  of 
the  centre  of  mass. 

If  the  particles  of  a  system  are  displaced  from  their  initial 
positions  in  any  directions,  then  the  displacement  d  experienced  by 
the  centre  of  mass  of  the  system  in  any  one  chosen  direction  is  con- 
nected with  the  resolved  displacements  di,  da,  d^,  .  .  .  of  the 
respective  particles  in  the  same  direction  by  the  relation 


d= 


^'^1^1 +^2^2+    ....    -^mndn 

mi+Wa-h  ....   +w„ 

^   ^md) 
or      d= 


2m 

Proof. — For,  let  any  plane  of  reference  be  chosen,  perpen- 
dicular to  the  direction  of  resolution,  and  let  x  be  the  distance 
of  the  centre  of  mass  from  this  plane  before  the  displacements, 
of  its  distance  after  the  displacements. 

Then  x  =   L       and  x'  =  — ^ 

zm  zm 

^{mx)     ^(md) 

~   2m  "^   2m 

-^    -     .-    l.{md) 
"       ^-^=^=-2^'  Q.E.D. 

If  2(mfZ)=o,  then  d=Oy  i.e.  if,  on  the  whole,  there  is  no 
mass-displacement  in  any  given  direction,  then  there  is 
no  displacement  of  the  centre  of  mass  in  that  direction. 


Properties  of  the  Centre  of  Mass,         loi 

Definitions. — If  a  rigid  body  turns  while  its  centre  of 
mass  remains  stationary,  we  call  the  motion  one  of  pure 
rotation. 

When,  on  the  other  hand,  the  centre  of  mass  moves,  then 
wc  say  that  there  is  a  motion  of  translation. 

Proposition  II.  —  (Kinematical.)  On  the  velocity  of 
the  centre  of  mass  of  a  system.  If  v^y  v„  v,  ...  be  the 
respective  velocities  in  any  given  direction  at  any  instant  of  the 
particles  of  masses  m„  fw„  m,,  «/c.,  of  any  system^  then  the 
velocity  v  of  their  centre  of  mass  in  the  same  direction  is  given  by 
the  relation 

This  follows  at  once  from  the  fact  that  the  velocities  are 
measured  by,  and  are  therefore  numerically  equal  to,  the 
displacements  they  would  produce  in  unit  time. 

Proposition  III. — (Kinematical.)  On  the  acceleration  of 
the  centre  of  mass.  If  Oi^  a^y  .  ,  ,  be  the  accelerations  in  any 
given  direction^  and  at  the  same  instant  of  the  respective  particles 
of  nuusei  niu  m^  .  .  .  of  a  system,  then  tfie  acceleration  a 
of  their  centre  of  mass  in  the  same  direction  at  that  instant,  is 
given  by  the  reUUifm 


-¥■ 


This  follows  from  Proposition  II.,  for  the  accelerations  are 
measured  by,  and  arc  therefore  numerically  equal  to,  the 
velocities  they  would  generate  in  unit  time. 


I02  Dynainics  of  Rotation, 

Summary. — These  three  propositions  may  be  conveniently 
summed  up  in  the  following  enunciation. 

/-  mass-displacements  \ 
The  sumofthe  resolutes  in  any  direction  of  the  <  momenta  > 

\  mass- accelerations  ) 
of  the  particles  of  any  system  is  equal  to  the  total  mass  of  the 

r  displacement  \ 
system  multiplied  by  the  <  velocity  V ,  in  the  same  directum, 

\  acceleration   ) 
of  the  centre  of  mass. 

Corresponding  to  these   three    Propositions  are 

three  others  referring  to  the  sum  of  the  moments  about  any 

r  mass-displacements  \ 
axis  of  the-(  momenta  >  of  the  particles  of  a  system, 

V  mass-accelerations  / 
and  which  may  be  enunciated  as  follows  : — 

^  The  algebraic  sum  of  the  moments  about  any  given  fixed 


r  mass-atspiacements  \ 
axis  of  the  <  momenta         >  of  the  particles  of  any  system 

\  mass-accelerations  ) 
is  equal  to  the  sum  of  the  moments  of  the  same  quantities  about  a 
parallel  axis  through  the  centre  of  mass^  plus  the  moment  about 
the  given  axis 

C  displacement  \ 
of  the^      velocity      Vof  the  centre  of  mass^  multiplied  by  tlie 

^  acceleration  J 
mass  of  the  whole  system. 

Since  the  moment  of  the  mass-displacement  of  a  particle  has 
no  special  physical  significance,  we  will  begin  at  the  other 
end  of  the  chain  and  give  the  proof  for  the  mass-accelerations. 


Properties  of  the  Centre  of  Mass,  103 

Proposition  IV. — (Kinematical.)  The  resvUtant  of  the 
momerUs  about  any  fixed  axis  of  the  mass- accelerations  of  all  the 
particles  of  any  system,  is  equal  to  the  resultant  moment  of  the 
same  mass-accelerations  about  a  parallel  axis  through  the  centre  of 
mass,  plus  the  moment  of  the  acceleration  of  the  centre  of  mass 
itself  about  the  given  axis,  multiplied  by  the  mass  of  the  whole 
system. 

Taking  the  plane  of  the  paper  perpendicular  to  the  axis, 
let  P  be  any  particle  of  the  system  of  mass  (m),  0  the  pro- 
jection of  the  given  fixed  axis,  G  that  of  the  parallel  axis 
through  the  centre  of 
mass.  Let  PQ  repre- 
sent the  projection  (a) 
of  the  acceleration  of 
P  on  a  plane  per- 
pendicular to  the  axis. 
Draw  OM  (=p)  per-  "°'^^- 

pendicular  to  the  direction  of  PQ;  then  OM xma  is  the 
moment  of  the  mass-acceleration  of  P  about  the  axis  0. 
Draw  ON  (=p')  parallel  to  OM;  and  GT  parallel  to  NM  to 
meet  OM  in  T.     Then  TM = GN  =/. 

The  moment  of  the  mass-acceleration  of  P  about  0 
=OMx(ma) 
■:(TM  +  0T)(7na) 
=  (p'ma)+{OT:  ma). 
Now  or  xwia=OGx  resolute  of  ma  perpendicular  to  0G= 

OG xma' (say); 
.'.  summing  for  all  the  particles  of  the  system, 
the  resultant  moment  of  the  mass-accelerations  of  the  system 
about  0,  •.«.  2(;witt)=iX;?'fna)+ 2(00 xma') 
^l(p'ma)+00  1{ma'); 


I04  Dynamics  of  Rotation. 

but  if  a!  be  the  resolute  of  the  acceleration  of  the  centre  of 
mass,  perpendicular  to  OG,  then,  by  Proposition  III., 
2(ma')=a'277i. 

80  that  the  proposition  is  proved. 

Similarly  we  could  have  proved  that  The  angular  momentum 
of  any  system  of  particles  about  any  fixed  axis  is  equal  to  the 
angular  momentum  about  a  parallel  axis  through  the  centre  of 
masSf  plus  the  angular  momentum  which  the  system  would 
have  about  the  given  axis,  if  collected  at  the  centre  of  mass  and 
moving  with  it. 


Proposition  V. — (Dynamical.)  On  the  motion  of  the 
centre  of  mass  of  a  body  under  the  action  of  external  forces. 
We  shall  now  show  that 

The  acceleration  in  any  given  direction  of  the  centre  of  mass  of 
a  material  system 

algebraic  sum  of  the  resolutes  in  that  direction  of  the  external  forces 
—  mass  of  the  whole  system 

For,  by  Newton's  Second  Law   of   Motion    (see  note    on 

Chapter  IL), 

(the  algebraic  sum  of  the  ex-\  _  /the  algebraic  sum  of  the  mass-\ 
ternal  forces^  )     \    acceleration^^  J 

2E=2(?7ia); 
but  by  III.  'Z(ma)=a'2m; 
.-.  2E=a2w, 


-     2E 


which  is  what  we  had  to  prove. 


Properties  of  t lie  Centre  of  Mass.  105 

This  result  is  quite  independent  of  the  manner  in  which  the 
external  forces  are  applied,  and  shows  that  when  the  forces 
are  constant  and  have  a  resultant  that  does  not  pass  through 
the  centre  of  mass  (see  Fig.  53),  the  centre  of  mass  will, 
nevertheless,  move  with  uniform  acceleration  in  a  straight 
line,  so  that  if  the  body  turns  it  must  he  about  an  axis  through 
the  centre  of  mass. 

Proposition    VI. — (Dynamical.)    The    application    of    a 

couple  to  a  rigid  body  at  rest  and  free  to  move  in  any  manner^  can 

only  cause  rotation  about  some  axis  through  the  centre  of  mass. 

For,  by  Proposition  V., 

2E 
Acceleration  of  centre  of  mass=^=— , 

zm 

but  in  the  case  of  a  couple  2E=0  for  every  direction,  so  that 
the  centre  of  mass  has  no  acceleration  due  to  the  couple, 
which,  therefore  (if  the  body  were  moving),  could  only  add 
rotation  to  the  existing  motion  of  translation. 

Proposition  VIL — (Dynamical.)  WTicn  any  system  of 
forces  is  applied  to  a  free  rigid  hody^  the  e^ect  on  tJie  rotation 
about  any  axis  fixed  in  direction^  passing  through  the  Centre  of 
Mass  and  moving  with  t/,  is  independent  of  the  motion  of  the  Centre 
of  Mass. 

For,  by  the  note  on  Chapter  II.,  p.  32, 
-  (momenU  of  the  mass-l      R,gu,t^t    moment   of    tho 
accelerations   about   any  V  -     ^^^^^^  j.^^^^^ 
axis  fixed  in  space)  ^ 

or    '2(pma)=L 
but,  by  Proposition  IV.  (see  Fig.  69,  p.  103), 
^pma)=^p' ma) +0G  2(ma') 
.-.     l{p'ma)+OQ  l{ma')='L 


io6 


Dynamics  of  Rotation. 


If,  now,  the  centre  of  mass  be,  at  the  instant  under  considera- 
tion, passing  through  the  fixed  axis  in  question  (which  is 
equivalent  to  the  axis  passing  through  the  Centre  of  Mass 
and  moving  with  it),  OG=0  and  the  second  term  vanishes 

and  2(r'm(i)=L, 
i.e.  the  sum  of  the  moments  of  the  mass-accelerations  about 
such  a  moving  axis  =  resultant  moment  of  the  external  forces, 
precisely  as  if  there  had  been  no  motion  of  the  Centre  of 
Mass.  This  proposition  justifies  the  independent  treat- 
ment of  rotation  and  translation  under  the  influence 
of  external  forces. 

On  the  direction  of  the  Axis  through  the  Centre 
of  Mass,  about  which  a  couple  causes  a  free  Rigid 
Body  to  turn. — Caution. — The  reader  might  be  at  first 
disposed  to  think  that  rotation  would  take  place  about  an 
axis  perpendicular  to  the  plane  of  the  applied  couple,  especially 
as  the  experiments  quoted  do  not  reveal  the  contrary ;  but 
it  should  be  observed  that  the  experiment  of  the  floating 
magnet  was  not  such  as  would  exhibit  satisfactorily  rotation 
about  any  but  a  vertical  axis. 

It  is  not  difficult  to  show  that  rotation  will  not  in  general 

begin  about  the  axis  of 
the  couple.  To  fix  the 
ideas,  let  us  imagine 
a  body  composed  of 
three  heavy  bars  cross- 
ing each  other  at  right- 
angles,  at  the  same 
point  0,  which  is  the 
centre  of  mass  of  the 
whole  system,  and  let 

no.  60. 


Properties  of  the  Centre  of  Mass,  107 

the  bar  AB  be  much  longer  and  heavier  than  either  of  the 
other  two  CD  and  EF,  and  let  this  massive  system  be 
embedded  in  surrounding  matter  whose  mass  may  be 
neglected  in  comparison. 

It  is  evident  that  the  moment  of  inertia  of  such  a  system  is 
much  less  about  AB  than  about  CD  or  EF,  or  that  it  will  be 
easier  to  rotate  the  body  about  AB  than  about  CD  or  EF. 
Hence,  if  a  couple  be  applied,  say  by  means  of  a  force  through 
the  centre  of  mass  along  EF,  and  an  equal  and  opposite  force 
at  some  point  P  on  the  bisector  of  the  angle  DOB,  then  this 
latter  force  will  have  equal  resolved  moments  about  CD  and 
about  AB.  But  rotation  will  begin  to  be  generated  more 
rapidly  about  the  direction  of  AB  than  about  that  of  CD, 
and  the  resulting  axis  of  initial  rotation  will  lie  nearer  to 
AB  than  to  CD,  and  will  not  be  perpendicular  to  the  plane 
of  the  couple.  In  fact,  the  rods  EF  and  CD  will  begin  to  turn 
about  the  original  direction  of  AB,  considered  as  fixed  in 
space,  while  at  the  same  time  the  rod  AB  will  begin  to  rotate 
about  the  axis  CD,  considered  as  fixed,  but  with  a  more  slowly 
increasing  velocity.  We  shall  return  to  this  point  again  in 
Chapter  xii. 

Total  Kinetic  Energy  of  a  Rigid  Body.— When  & 
body  rotates  with  angular  velocity  (w)  about  the  centre  o 
mass,  while  this  has  a  velocity  (t>),  we  can,  by  a  force  through 
the  centre  of  mass  destroy  the  kinetic  energy  of  translation 
(JMt;*)  leaving  that  of  rotation  (JIcu')  unaltered.     Thus, 
the  total  kinetic  energy=iMv'-f  JIw*. 

In  the  examples  that  follow  on  p.  110,  this  consideration 
often  gives  the  readiest  mode  of  solution. 


io8 


Dynamics  of  Rotation, 


Examples. 

(1)  Tv3o  masses  M  and  m,  of  which  M  is  the  greater^  hang  at 
the  ends  of  a  weightless  cord  over  a  smooth  horizontal  peg ,  and  move 
under  the  action  of  gravity  ;  to  find  the  a,cceleration  of  their  centre  of 
mass  and  the  upward  pressure  of  the  peg. 

Taking  the  downward  direction  as   +  ve,  the  acceleration  of  M  is 
M - m  ...I.M.  xi.-i.  -J  ^  :-      _M-m 
^  M  +  m 


—  while  that  of  m  is  -g  ^, 

M  +  m 


Hence  substituting  in  the 


general  expression  for  the  acceleration  of  the  centre  of  mass, 
^i,.,   ^=^  we  have 


5_My(M 


m)-mg'(M-m)        (M-m) 


(M  +  m)2  ^(M  +  m)2 

The  total  external  force  which  produces  this  acceleration  is  the  sum 
of  the  weights  -  the  push  P  of  the  peg  ; 

/.    (M  +  m)sr- P  =  (M +  m)grP'' 


'{M  +  mf 


'(M+m)2 

:^-f — ^  absolute  units  of  force. 
M+m 


(2)  A  uniform  solid  sphere  rolls  without  slipping  down  a  plane 
inclined  at  an  angle  6  with  the  horizontal ;  to  find  the  acceleration  of 
its  centre  and  the  tangential  force  due  to  the  friction  of  the  plane. 

It  is  evident  that 
if  there  were  no 
friction  the  sphere 
would  slide  and  not 
roll,  and  therefore 
that  the  accelera- 
tion (a)  of  the  cen- 
tre C,  which  we 
wish  to'ftnd  is  due 
to  a  total  force  mg 
sin  ^  -  P  parallel  to 


ria.  60a. 


Properties  of  the  Centre  of  Mass,  109 

the  plane,  where  P  is  the  friction. 

^_m7sm — - — ^  ^]^gj.g  ^  _  tjjg  niass  of  the  sphere, 
m 
p 
=  ^8m5--        .         .        .        .        (i) 

Now,  the  moment  of  the  force  (P)  with  reference  to  a  horizontal  axis 
through  C  is  Pr,  and,  therefore,  calling  the  angular  acceleration  of 
the  sphere  A,  and  its  radius  of  gyration  i, 

Pr=AI=AxmJk2     .        (ii) 
P^A^2 
*  *      m      r 

.'.    substituting  in  (i) 

a=a8ind-— . 
r 

Now,  since  the  sphere  is  at  any  instant  turning  about  the  point  of 

contact  with  the  plane,  we  have  w  =  —  and  A = -    (iii) 

.*.     substituting  in  the  equation,  we  get 

a=g  sin  0--^ 
r* 

—gr  sin  0  -5 — r. 

In  the  case  of  a  sphere  fc^=     1     =-^r* 

6  6 

.-.     a  =  g&inBx~-. 

7 

Hence,  equating  the  total  force  to  the  roass-acceleration  down  the 
plane, 

TW^sin^-P—Tn^sindx 

2 
P==-mj7sind. 

[This  question  might  also  have  been  solved  f&x)m  the  principle  of 
the  Oonsorvation  of  Energy.] 


1 1  o  Dynam ics  of  Rotation . 


Examples  for  Solution. 

(1).  Show  that  when  a  coin  rolls  on  its  edge  in  one  plane,  one-third 
of  its  whole  kinetic  energy  is  rotational. 

(2)  Show  that  when  a  hoop  rolls  in  a  vertical  plane,  one-half  of  its 
kinetic  energy  is  rotational. 

(3)  Show  that  when  a  uniform  sphere  rolls  with  its  centre  moving 
along  a  straight  path,  ^  of  its  kinetic  energy  is  rotational. 

(4)  Find  the  time  required  for  a  uniform  thin  spherical  shell  to 
roll  from  rest  12  feet  down  a  plane  inclined  to  the  horizontal  at  a 
slope  of  1  in  50.  Ans.  8  seconds  (nearly). 

(5)  You  are  given  two  spheres  externally  similar  and  of  equal 
weights,  but  one  is  a  shell  of  heavy  material  and  the  other  a  solid 
sphere  of  lighter  material.  How  can  you  easily  distinguish  between 
them? 

(6)  A  uniform  circular  disc,  half  an  inch  thick  and  12  inches  in 
radius,  has  a  projecting  axle  of  the  same  material  half  an  inch  in 
diameter  and  4  inches  long.  The  ends  of  this  axle  rest  upon  two 
parallel  strips  of  wood  inclined  at  a  slope  of  1  in  40,  the  lower  part 
of  the  disc  hanging  free  between  the  two.  The  disc  is  observed  to 
roll  through  12  inches  in  53*45  seconds.  Deduce  the  value  of  gr  correct 
to  4  significant  figures.  Ans.  g  =  32'l9f. s.s. 

(7)  What  mass  could  be  raised  through  a  space  of  30  feet  in  6 
seconds  by  a  weight  of  50  lbs.,  hanging  from  the  end  of  a  cord  passing 
round  a  fixed  and  a  moveable  pulley,  each  pulley  being  in  the  form  of 
a  disc  and  weighing  1  lb.  Ans.  84*02  lbs. 

Insli'uctions. — Let  M  be  the  mass  required.     Its  final  velocity  at  the 

OQ 

end  of  the  six  seconds  will  be  twice  the  mean  velocity,  i.e.  2  x  '^  f.s. 

=  10/.«.  From  this  we  know  all  the  other  velocities,  both  linear  and 
angular— taking  the  radius  of  each  pulley  to  be  r.  Equate  the  sum  of 
the  kinetic  energies  to  the  work  done  by  the  earth's  pull.  Remember 
that  the  fixed  pulley  will  rotate  twice  as  fast  as  the  moveable  one. 

(8)  A  uniform  cylinder  of  radius  r,  spinning  with  angular  velocity 
CO,  about  its  axis,  is  gently  laid,  with  that  axis  horizontal,  on  a  hori- 
zontal table  with  which  its  co-efficient  of  friction  is  /x.     Prove  that  it 

will  skid  for  a  time-I^  and  then  roll  with  uniform  velocity  — . 
3fig  3 


CHAPTEE  X. 

CENTRIPETAL  AND  CENTRIFUGAL  FORCES. 

We  have,  so  far,  dealt  with  rotation  about  a  fixed  axis,  or 
rather  about  a  fixed  material  axle,  without  inquiring  what 
forces  are  necessary  to  fix  it.  We  shall  now  consider  the 
question  of  the  pull  on  the  axle. 

Proposition. — Any  particle  moving  with  uniform  angular 
velocity  w  rouiid  a  circle  of  radius  r  must  have  an  acceleration  rw* 
towards  the  centre^  and  must  therefore  he 
acted  on  by  a  force  mro)*  towards  the  "'^- 

centre,   where  m  is  the  mass  of  the  ^\.  a 

particle.'^  ^/\b 

Let  us    agree    to   represent   the  y<^^y'^^^^\ 

velocity  (r)  of  the  particle  at  A  by  (""1/^^^  \ 

the  length  OP  measured  along  the       ^^v^')  \ 

radius  OA  aX  right  angles  to  the  direc-  ' 

•^  ^  no.  62. 

tion   of   the    velocity.      Then    the 

velocity  at  B  is  represented  by  an  equal  length  OQ  measured 
along  the  radius  OB,  and  the  velocity  added  in  the  interval 
is  (by  the  triangle  of  velocities)  represented  by  the  lino  PQ. 

If  the  interval  of  time  considered  be  very  short,  B  is  very  near 
to  A  and  Q  to  P,  and  PQ  is  sensibly  perpendicular  to  the  radius 

*  Sinco  «=  -,  rw'rr  — •,  and  it  is  proved  in  text-books  on  the  dynamics 

of  a  particle,  such  as  Gamett's  EHemtrUary  Dynamics  and  Lock's 
Dynamics,  that  the  acceleration  of  a  point  moving  uniformly  in  a  circle 


with  speed  v  is  towards  the  centre,  and  is  —  :  thus  the  Student  will  be 


already  familiar  with  the  proposition.     We  give,  however,  a  rather 
different  proof. 

Ill 


112  Dynamics  of  Rotation. 

OA,  and  therefore  the  velocity  it  represents  is  along  this 
radius  and  towards  the  centre.  This  shows  that  the  addition 
of  velocity,  i.e.  the  acceleration,  is  towards  the  centre. 

Let  the  very  short  interval  in  question  be  called  {Ai). 
Then  PQ  represents  the  velocity  added  in  time  {dt\  i.e,  the 

acceleration  X  (dt). 

PQ  _  acceleration  x  (dt) 
•*'     OP  V 

But  ^  =  angle  TOq  =  w(dt) 
.     acceleration  x(6?Q_    /7.v 

V 

acceleration = ?;a> = ?•w^ 
Hence,  if  the  particle  have  a  mass  m,  the  centripetal  or 
centre-seeking  force  required  to  keep  it  moving  with  uniform 

speed  in  a  circle  of  radius  r  is  a  force  of  —  or  mro)^  units. 

The  unit  force  is  here,  as  always,  that  required  to  give 
unit  acceleration  to  unit  mass.  Thus,  if  the  particle  has  a 
mass  of  m  lbs.,  and  moves  with  speed  v  feet  per  second  in 

a  circle  of  radius  r  feet,  the  force  is  —  or  mra)^  poundals  j 
while  if  the  particle  have  a  mass  of  m  grams  and  move  with 
velocity  of  v  centimetres  per  second  in  a  circle  of  radius  r  centi- 

metres,  then  the  centripetal  force  is  m—  dynes. 

Illustrations  of  the  use  of  the  terms  *  Centripetal 
Force'  and  *  Centrifugal  Force.'— A  small  bullet  whirled 
round  at  the  end  of  a  long  fine  string  approximates  to  the 
case  of  a  heavy  particle  moving  under  the  influence  of  a 
centripetal  force.  The  string  itself  is  pulled  away  from  the 
centre  by  the  bullet,  which  is  said  to  exert  on  it  a  centrifugal 
force.     Similarly  a  marble  rolling  round  the  groove  at  the 


Centripetal  and  Centrifugal  Forces,       113 

rim  of  a  solitaire-board  is  kept  in  its  circular  path  by  the 
centripetal  pressure  exerted  by  the  raised  rim.  The  rim,  on 
the  other  hand,  experiences  an  equal  and  opposite  centrifugal 
push  exerted  on  it  by  the  marble. 

In  fact,  a  particle  of  matter  can  only  be  constrained  to 
move  with  uniform  angular  velocity  in  a  circle  by  a  centri- 
petal force  exerted  on  it  by  other  matter,  and  the  equal  and 
opposite  reaction  exerted  by  the  body  in  question  is  in  most 
cases  a  centrifugal  force.  Thus,  when  two  spheres  attached 
to  the  ends  of  a  fine  string  rotate  round  their  common 
centre  of  gravity  on  a  smooth  table,  each  exerts  on  the  string 
a  centrifugal  force.  In  the  case,  however,  of  two  heavenly 
bodies,  such  as  the  earth  and  moon,  rotating  under  the  influ- 
ence of  their  mutual  attraction  about  their  common  centre  of 
gravity,  the  force  that  each  exerts  on  the  other  is  centripetal. 
We  cannot  in  this  case  perceive  anything  corresponding  to  the 
connecting  string  or  to  the  external  rim. 

Centripetal  Forces  in  a  Rotating  Rigid  Body.— 
When  we  have  to  deal,  not  with  a  single  particle,  but  with  a 
rigid  body  rotating  with  angular  velocity  w,  and  of  which  the 
particles  are  at  different  distances,  r„  r„  r„  etc.,  from  the 
axis,  it  becomes  necessary  to  find  the  resultant  of  the  forces 
{.myT^io^),  (7n,r,(u"),  etc.,  on  the  several  particles. 

Rigid  Lamina. — We  take  first  the  case  of  a  rigid  lamina 

of  mass  M  turning  about  an  axle  perpendicular  to  its  plane. 

Here  all  the  forces  lie  in  one  plane,  and  it  is  easily  shown 

that  the  resultant  required  is  a  single  force,  through  the  centre 

of  mass  of  the  lamina,  and  equal  to  MRo>',  where  R  is  the 

distance  from  the  axis  to  the  centre  of  mass ;  [and  MR(u*, 

Y« 
again,  is  equal  to  M-^ ,  where  V  is  the  speed  of  the  centre 

of  mass  in  its  circular  path]. 

H 


114 


Dynamics  of  Rotation. 


This  may  be  shown  at  once  from  the  following  well-known 
proposition  in  Statics:    *If  two  forces  be  represented  in 


FIO.  63. 


FIO.  64. 


that  the  ratio    7==^  = 


magnitude  and  direction  by  m  times  OA  and  n  times  OB, 
then  their  resultant  is  represented  in  magnitude  and  direc- 
tion by  (m+w)  times  OC, 
C  being  a  point  which 
divides  the  line  AB,  so 
AC  __^  , 
CB'm* 
•B  (For  proof  see  Greave's 
Statics,  p.  18.)  For  let 
A  and  B  be  any  two 
particles  of  the  lamina,  and  let  their  masses  be  m  and  Ti, 
then  the  force  along  AO  is  mw^AO,  and  that  along  OB  is 
nco'OB;  therefore,  by  the  proposition  quoted,  the  resultant 
force  is  (m+7i)a)'C0,  and  passes  through  0,  which,  since  it 
divides  the  distance  AB  inversely  as  the  masses,  is  the  centre 
of  mass  and  centre  of  gravity  of  the  two  particles.  This 
resultant  may  next  be  combined  with  the  force  on  a  third 
particle  of  the  rigid  system,  and  so  on  till  all  are  included. 


Centripetal  and  Centrifugal  Forces.       1 1 5 

Extension  to  Solids  of  a  certain  t3rpe.— By  piling 
up  laminae  whose  centres  of  gravity  all  lie  on   the  same 


no.  an 


fin.  70. 


line  parallel  to  the  axis,  as  indicated  in  the  diagrams  (Figs. 
66-70),  wo  may  build  up  solids  of  great  variety  of  shape,  and 


1 1 6  Dynamics  of  Rotation. 

by  then  combining  resultants  on  the  several  laminae,  we  see 
that  in  order  to  keep  the  body  rotating  with  uniform  angular 
velocity,  we  require  only  a  single  force  passing  through  its 
centre  of  gravity,  and  directed  towards  the  axis  and  equal  to 
MR(i)',  where  M  is  the  mass  of  the  whole  body. 

The  requisite  force  might,  in  such  a  case,  be  obtained  by 
connecting  the  centre  of  gravity  of  the  body  to  the  axis  by  a 
string.  The  axis  would  then  experience  a  pull  MRw',  which 
changes  in  direction  as  the  body  rotates. 

If  the  axis  passes  through  the  centres  of  mass  of 
all  such  laminae,  then  R=0,  and  the  force  disappears,  and 
the  axis  is  unstrained.  It  is  often  of  high  importance  that 
the  rapidly  rotating  parts  of  any  machinery  shall  be  accu- 
rately centred,  so  that  the  strains  and  consequent  wear  of 
the  axle  may  be  avoided. 

Convenient  Dynamical  Artifice.  —  It  should  be 
observed  that  the  single  force  applied  at  the  centre  of  mass 
would  not  supply  the  requisite  centripetal  pressure  to  the 
individual  particles  elsewhere  if  the  body  were  not  rigid. 
If,  for  example,  the  cylinder  AB  rotating  as  indicated 
about  00'  consisted  of  loose  smooth  particles  of  shot  or 
sand,  it  would  be  necessary  to  enclose  these  in  a  rigid  case 
in  order  that  the  single  force  applied  at  G  should  maintain 
equilibrium.  The  particles  between  G  and  A  would  press 
against  each  other  and  against  the  case,  and  tend  to  turn  it 
round  one  way,  while  those  between  G  and  B  would  tend,  by 
their  centrifugal  pressure,  to  turn  it  the  other  way.  Now,  it  is 
very  convenient  in  dealing  with  problems  involving  the  con- 
sideration of  centripetal  forces  to  treat  the  question  as  one 


Centripetal  and  Centrifugal  Forces.       1 1 7 


of  the  equilibrium  of  a  case  or  shell,  which  we  may  regard  as 
possessing  rigidity, 
but  no  appreciable 
mass,  and  which 
is  honey  -  combed 
throughout  by  min- 
utecells, within  which 

the  massive  particles     /"  \q     (mrw^) 

may  be  conceived  to  ^^ 
lie  as  loose  cores 
exerting  on  the  cell- 
walls  centrifugal 
pressures,  whose  re- 
sultant must  be  bal-  cy 
anced    by  some  ex- 


no.  71. 


temal  force,  or  system  of  forces,  if  the  equilibrium  is  to  be 
maintained.  By  the  aid  of  this  artifice,  for  the  use  of  which 
the  student  will  find  plenty  of  scope  in  the  examples  that  are 
given  in  the  text-books  of  Garnett  and  Lock,  already  referred 
to,  the  problem  of  finding  the  forces  necessary  to  maintain 
equilibrium  may  be  dealt  with  as  one  in  Statics. 

Centrifugal  Couples. — Let  us  now,  using  the  method  of 
this  artifice,  consider  the  revolution  about  the  axis  00'  of  a 
thin  uniform  rod  AB.  So  long  as  the  rod  is  parallel  to  the 
axis,  a  single  force  at  its  centre  of  gravity  G  suffices  for  equi- 
librium; but  if  the  rod  be  tilted  towards  the  axis,  as  shown  in 
the  figure,  then  it  is  evident  that  the  centrifugal  forces  on  the 
part  AG  are  diminished,  while  those  on  GB  are  equally  in- 
creased (the  force  being  everywhere  proportional  to  the  dis- 
tance from  the  axis) ;  hence  the  resultant  now  to  be  sought 


ii8 


Dyna^nics  of  Rotation. 


is  that  of  the  system  indicated  by  the  arrows  in  the  figure, 
which  is  easily  seen  to  be,  as  before, 
a  single  force  of  magnitude  MRw", 
but  which  now  passes  through  a 
point  in  the  rod  between  G  and  B, 
and  therefore  has  a  moment  about 
G.  Such  a  force  is  equivalent  to 
an  equal  parallel  force  through  G, 
together  with  a  couple  in  a  plane 
containing  G  and  the  axis.  Such 
a  couple  is  called  a  Centrifugal 
Couple.  It  is  evident  that  though, 
when  the  rod  is  parallel  to  the  axis 
(attached  to  it,  for  example,  by  a 
string  to  the  centre  of  mass), 
there  is  no  centrifugal  couple,  yet  the 
equilibrium,  though  it  exists,  is  un- 
stable, for  the  slightest  tilt  of  either  end  of  the  rod  towards 
the  axis  will  produce  a  centrifugal  couple  tending  to  increase 
the  tilt.  It  is  for  this  reason  that  a  stick  whirled  by  a  cord 
attached  to  its  centre  of  mass  always  tends  to  set  itself 
radially. 


no.  72. 


Centrifugal  Couple  in  a  body  of  any  shape. — With  a 
body  of  any  shape  whatever  rotating  about  a  fixed  axis,  the 
same  conclusion  is  amved  at,  viz.,  that  the  centrifu^l  forces 
(due  to  the  interior  mass  on  the  outside  visible  shell)  are 
equivalent  always  to  a  single  force  MRw''  applied  at  the  centre 
of  mass  of  the  body,  and  a  couple  in  a  plane  parallel  to  the 
axis ;  but  the  axis  of  this  couple  will  not,  except  in  special 
cases,  be  perpendicular  to  the  plane  containing  the  centre  of 
gravity  and  the  axis  of  rotation. 


Centripetal  and  Centrifugal  Forces,        119 


This  result  may  be  reached  by  taking,  first,  any  two  par- 
ticles of  the  body,  such  as  A  and  B  in  the  diagram,  of  masses 
m  and  n  respectively,  and 
showing  that  the  centrifugal 
forces  "p  and  5  exerted  by  each 
are  equivalent  to  two  forces 
along  CA'  and  CB'  (the  direc- 
tions of  the  projections  of  p 
and  g  on  a  plane  perpendicular 
to  the  axis  and  containing  the 
centre  of  mass  of  the  two 
particles),  together  with  the 
two  couples  /?p'  and  gg'.  Then 
the  two  coplanar  forces  along 
CA'  and  CB'  have,  as  before 
(see  p.  114),  a  resultant 
(/;i-f-n)w'CG,  while  the  two 
couples  combine  into  a  single 
resultant  couple  in  a  plane  parallel  to  or  containing  the  axis 
of  rotation  but  not  parallel  to  CG  unless  m  and  n  are  equal. 
In  this  way,  taking  all  the  particles  in  turn,  we  arrive  at  the 
single  force  through  the  centre  of  mass  of  the  whole  and  a 
single  couple. 

Centrifugal  Couples  vanish  when  the  rotation  is 
about  a  Principal  Axis. — It  is  obvious  that  in  the  case  of 
a  thin  rod  (see  Fig.  72)  there  is  no  centrifugal  couple  when 
the  rod  is  either  parallel  or  perpendicular  to  the  axis  of  rota- 
tion, which  is  then  a  principal  axis  (or  parallel  to  a  principal 
axis),  and  it  is  easy  to  show  that  for  a  rigid  body  of  any 
shape  the  centrifugal  couples  vanish  when  the  rotation  is 
about  a  principal  axis. 


I20 


Dynamics  of  Rotation. 


Fio.  78a. 


iVjo/. — Let  us  fix  our  attention  on  any  particle  P  of  a  body 
which  rotates  with  uniform  positive  angular  velocity  Wy,  about 
a  fixed  axis  Oy  passing  through  the 
centre  of  mass  0  of  the  body.  Let 
Ox  and  Oz  be  any  two  rectangular 
axes  perpendicular  to  Oy.  The 
centripetal  force  on  the  particle  is 
always  equal  to  —mroiy^  (negative 
in  sign  because  it  tends  to  decrease 
r,  see  Fig.  73a),  and  its  component 
-3  parallel  to  Ox  is  —mx(t)y^y  and  this 
changes  the  value  of  the  momentum 
of  the  particle  perpendicular  to  the 
plane  yz.  The  moment  about  Oz 
of  this  component  of  the  centripetal  force  is  —(Oy'mxy  and 
measures  the  rate  at  which  angular  momentum  is  being 
generated  about  Oz.  The  sum  of  the  moments  of  such  com- 
ponents for  all  the  particles  of  the  body  is  —(Oy^2mxy,  and  this 
with  its  sign  changed,  or  (oj^lmxy,  is  the  measure  of  the  centri- 
fugal couple  about  0^;.  Now  'Zmxy  vanishes  when  either  x  or 
y  is  a  principal  axis  of  the  body  (see  pp.  59  and  60).  Hence 
there  is  no  centrifugal  couple  when  the  body  rotates  about  a 
principal  axis. 

It  follows  that  a  rigid  body  rotating  about  a  principal  axis, 
and  unacted  on  by  any  external  torque,  will  rotate  in  equili- 
brium without  the  necessity  of  being  tied  to  the  axis.  But  in 
the  case  of  bodies  which  have  the  moments  of  inertia  about 
two  of  the  principal  axes  equal  the  equilibrium,  as  we  have 
seen,  will  not  be  stable  unless  the  axis  of  rotation  is  the  axis 


of  greatest  moment. 


Centripetal  and  Cc7itrif2igal  Forces.       1 2 1 

Importance  of  properly  shaping  the  parts  of 
machinery  intended  to  rotate  rapidly.— In  connection 
with  this  dynamical  property  of  principal  axes,  the  student 
will  now  recognise  the  importance  of  shaping  and  balancing 
the  rotating  parts  of  machinery,  so  that  not  merely  shall  the 
axis  of  rotation  pass  through  the  centre  of  mass,  but  it  shall 
also  be  a  principal  aziSy  since  in  this  way  only  can  injurious 
stresses  on  the  axle  be  completely  avoided. 

Equimomental  bodies  similarly  rotating  have 
equal  and  similar  centrifugal  couples.— Proof. — Let 
2^i>  yi>  ^i  be  any  three  rectangular  axes  of  the  one  body 
(1),  and  x^  y^  z^  the  corresponding  axes  of  the  other  (2),  and 
let  A',  B',  O  be  the  respective  moments  of  inertia  about  these 
axes.  Then  about  any  other  axis,  in  the  plane  xy  making 
any  angle  a  with  (a;),  /?  (  =  90°— a)  with  (y),  and  7  (  =  90°) 
with  {z)y  the  moment  of  inertia  of  (1)  is  (as  we  see  by  refer- 
ring to  p.  60), 

A'  cos'  aH-  B'  cos'  /?— 227nx,yi,  cos  a  cos  j8, 
while  that  of  (2)  about  a  corresponding  axis  is 

A'  cos'  a+B'  cos'  fi—  21mxtyt  cos  a  cos  p 
(for  the  terms  involving  cosy  as  a  factor  disappear  since 
co8y=co8  90°=0),  and,  since  the  bodies  are  equimomental, 
these  two  expressions  are  equal,  therefore 

2mXiyi  =  2)77w:,y,. 
Therefore  for  equal  rates  of  rotation  about  either  x  or  y,  the 
centrifugal  couples  about  (z)  are  equal,  and  this  is  true  for  all 
corresponding  axes. 

Substitution  of  the  3-rod  inertia-skeleton.— This 
result  justifies  us  in  substituting  for  any  rotating  rigid  body 


122 


Dynamics  of  Rotation, 


its  three-rod  inertia-skeleton,  the  centrifugal  couples  on  which 
can  be  calculated  in  a  quite  simple  way.  We  will  take  first 
a  solid  of  revolution,  about  the  axis  of  minimum  inertia  C. 
For  such  a  body  the  rod  C  is  the  longest,  and  the  two  rods 

A  and  B  are  equal,  and  these 
two,  together  with  an  equal 
length  measured  off  the  cen- 
tral portion  of  the  third  rod 
(C),  combine  to  form  a  system 
dynamically  equivalent  to  a 
sphere  for  which  all  centri- 
fugal couples  vanish  about 
all  axes ;  there  thus  remains 
Fio-  73fl.  for    consideration    only    the 

excess  at  the  ends  of  the  rod  C  (see  Fig.  73b).   The  centrifugal 
couple  is  in  this  case  obviously  about  an  axis  perpendicular 
to  the  plane  {xy)  containing  the  rod  C  and  the  axis  of  rota- 
tion (y),  and  its  value,  as  we  have  seen,  is  (a^^mxy ;  now  if  r  be 
the  distance  of  a  particle    from  the  origin  0,  x=r  sin  0  and 
y=r  cos  9,  . '.  <j)^2mxy=(o^  sin  9  cos  9  l^mr^^  and 
2mr'=moment  of  inertia  about  z  of  the   projecting   ends 
of  the  rod  C 
= moment  of  inertia  of  the  whole  rod  C  about  a  perpen- 
dicular axis— the  moment  of  inertia  of  rod  A  about 
a  perpendicular  axis, 
=J(A-f  B-C)-i(B+C-A)  (see  p.  65) 
=A-C 
Therefore  the  centrifugal  couple  =  w''( A— C)  sin  ^  cos  6. 

If  C  had  been  the  axis  of  maximum  moment  of  inertia  then 
the  rod  C  would  have  the  shortest  of  the  three  rods  instead 
of  the  longest,  and  we  should  have  had  a  defect  instead  of  an 


Centripetal  and  Centrifugal  Forces.       123 

excess  to  deal  with,  and  the  couple  would  have  been  of  the 
opposite  sign  and  equal  to  <o'(C— A)  sin  ^cos  Q. 

"We  shall  make  use  of  these  results  later  on  in  connection 
with  a  spinning-top  and  gyroscope.     (See  Appendix.) 

If  all  three  moments  of  inertia  are  unequal,  we  could 
describe  a  sphere  about  the  shortest  rod  as  diameter,  and 
should  then  have  a  second  pair  of  projections  to  deal  with. 
We  could  find,  in  the  way  just  described,  the  couple  due  to 
each  pair  separately  and  then  combine  the  two  by  the  parallelo- 
gram law.  We  shall,  however,  not  require  to  find  the  value 
of  the  couple  except  for  solids  of  revolution. 


Transfer  of  Energy  under  the  action  of  Centri- 
fugal Couples. — Returning  again  to  our  uniform  thin 
rod  as  a  conveniently 
simple  case,  let  us 
suppose  it  attached 
in  the  manner  indi- 
cated in  either  figure 
(Figs.  74  and  75),  so 
as  to  turn  freely  in 
the  framework  about 
the  axle  CC,  while 
this  rotates  about 
the  fixed  axis  00'. 
The  rod,  if  liberated 
in  the  position  shown, 
while    the   frame   is 

rotating,  will  oscillate  under  the  innucnco  of  the  centrifugal 
couple,  swinging  about  the  mean  position  ah.  It  is  impos- 
sible in  practice  to  avoid  friction  at  the  axle  CC,  and  those 


124  Dynamics  of  Rotation, 

oscillations  will  gradually  die  away,  energy  being  dissipated 
as  frictional  heat.  To  the  question,  AVhere  has  this  energy 
come  from  ?  the  answer  is.  From  the  original  energy  of  rota- 
tion of  the  whole  system,  for  as  the  rod  swings  from  the 
position  AB  to  the  position  a6,  its  moment  of  inertia  about 
00'  is  being  increased,  and  this  by  the  action  of  forces 
having  no  moment  about  the  axis,  consequently,  as  we  saw 
in  Chapter  viii.  p.  87,  the  kinetic  energy  due  to  rotation 
about  00'  (estimated  after  the  body  has  been  fixed  in  a 
new  position)  must  be  diminished  in  exactly  the  same  pro- 
portion. Thus, 
O  if     the     whole 

system  be  rotat- 
ing about  00', 
and  under  the 
influence  of  no 
external  torque, 
and  with  the 
rod  initially  in 
»io.75.  '     the        position 

AB,  then  as  the 
rod  oscillates,  the  angular  velocity  about  0  will  alternately 
decrease  and  increase ;  energy  of  rotation  about  the  axis  00' 
being  exchanged  for  energy  of  rotation  about  the  axis  CC. 


CHAPTER  XI. 


CENTRE  OF  PERCUSSION. 


0 


Let  a  thin  rod  AB  of  mass  m  be  pivoted  at  0  about  a 
fixed  axle  perpendicular  to  its  length,  ^ 

and  let  the  rod  be  struck  an  impulsive 
blow  (P)  at  some  point  N,  the  direc- 
tion of  the  blow  being  perpendicular 
to  the  plane  containing  the  fixed  axle 
and  the  rod,  and  let  G  be  the  centre  of 
mass  of  the  rod  (which  is  not  neces- 
sarily uniform). 

Suppose  that  simultaneously  with 
the  impulse  (P)  at  N  there  act  at  G 
two  opposed  impulses  each  equal  and 
parallel  to  (P).  This  will  not  alter  the 
motion  of  the  rod,  and  the  blow  is  seen 
to  be  equivalent  to  a  parallel  impulse 
(P)  acting  through  the  centre  of  mass  G, 
and  an  impulsive  couple  of  moment  P  x  GN.  On  account  of 
the  former  the  body  would,  if  free,  immediately  after  the  im- 
pulse be  moving  onwards,  every  part  with  the  velocity  v=z 

(P) 

^— '.     On  account  of  the  latter  it  would  be  rotating  about  G 

%u               1         1     *          (P)xNG 
with  an  angular  velocity  <d=^  -^ . 

iSS 


^.LPJL. 


no.  76. 


126 


Dynamics  of  Rotation, 


Thus  the  velocity  of  any  point,  such  as  0  on  the  opposite 
side  of  G  to  N,  will,  on  one  account,  be  to  the  left  (in  the 
figure),  on  the  other  to  the  right.  If  these  opposite  velocities 
are  equal  for  the  point  O,  then  0  will  remain  at  rest,  and  the 
body  will,  for  the  instant,  be  turning  about  the  axle  through 
0,  and  there  will  be  no  impulsive  strain  on  the  axle.  We 
shall  investigate  the  length  x  that  must  be  given  to  ON  that 
this  may  be  the  case.  Call  OG  (Z)  and  let  the  radius  of 
gyration  of  the  bar  about  a  parallel  axis  through  the  centre 
of  mass  be  (^),  then  GN=a;— Z. 


The  velocity  of  0  to  the  left  is  -. 


m 


right=Za)=£2i(^). 


These  are  equivalent  when 

lV(x-l)_  P 

i.e.  when^lzi'=l 


W^ 


i.e.  when 


a;= 


F+/2 


I 


K2 


FIG.  77. 


But  this  (see  p.  77)  is  the  length  of  the 
equivalent  simple  pendulum.  If,  therefore, 
the  bar  be  struck  in  the  manner  described 
at  a  point  M  whose  distance  from  the  axis 
is  the  length  of  the  equivalent  simple 
pendulum,  there  will  be  no  impulsive  action 
on  the  axle.  M  is  then  called  the  Centre  of 
Percussion  of  the  rod. 

Experiment. — If  a  uniform  tldn  rod  (e.g.  a 
yard  measure)  be  lightly  held  at  the  upper  end 
0,  between  the  finger  and  thumb  as  shown,  and 


Centre  of  Percussion, 


127 


then  struck  a  smart  horizontal  tap  in  the  manner  indicated  by  the 
arrow,  it  will  be  found  that  if  the  place  of  the  blow  be  above  the 
point  M,  situated  at  \  of  the  length  from  the  bottom,  the  upper  end 
wiU  be  driven  from  between  the  fingers  in  the  direction  of  the 
blow  (translation  overbalancing  rotation),  while  if  the  blow  be  below 
M  the  rotation  of  the  rod  will  cause  it  to  escape  from  the  grasp  in 
the  opposite  direction.  If,  however,  the  rod  be  struck  accurately 
at  M,  the  hand  experiences  no  tug. 

It  is  easy  to  show  that  from  the  point  of  support  to  M 
is  the  length  of  the  equivalent  simple  pendulum,  either  by  cal- 
culation (see  Art.  12,  p.  76),  or  by  the  direct  experimental 
method  of  hanging  both  the  rod  and  a  simple  pendulum  of 
length  OM  from  a  pivot  run  through  the  rod  at  0,  and  observ- 
ing that  the  two  oscillate  synchronously  under  the  action  of 
gravity. 

It  is  evident  that,  even  though  the  blow 
(P)  be  delivered  at  the  right  point,  yet  there 
will  be  an  impulsive  force  on  the  axle  unless 
(P)  be  also  delivered  in  the  right  direction. 
For  example,  if  the  blow  were  not  perpen- 
dicular to  the  rod,  there  would  be  an  impul- 
sive thrust  or  tug  on  the  axle,  while  again, 
if  the  blow  had  any  component  in  the  plane 
containing  the  axle  and  the  rod,  the  rod 
would  jamb  on  the  axle. 

We  have  taken  this  simple  case  of  a  rod 
first  for  the  sake  of  clearness,  but  the  student 
will  see  that  the  reasoning  would  hold  equally  well  for  all 
cases  in  which  the  fixed  axle  is  parallel  to  a  principal  axis 
through  the  centre  of  mass,  and  the  blow  delivered  at  a  point 
on  this  axis,  and  perpendicular  to  the  piano  containing  the 
axle  and  the  centre  of  mass.     Such  cases  are  exemplified  by 


ria  7a 


128 


Dyna7nics  of  Rotation. 


(i.)  A  cricket  bat  held  in  the  hand  as  by  a 
pivot,  and  struck  by  the  ball  somewhere  in  the 
central  plane  of  symmetry,  and  perpendicular  to 
the  face. 

(ii.)  A  thin  vertical  door  struck  somewhere 
along  the  horizontal  line  through  its  centre  of 
mass,  as  is  the  case  when  it  swings  back  against 
a  '  stop '  on  the  wall  when  flung  widely  open. 

We  see  that  the  right  position  for  the  stop  is 
at  a  distance  of  \  of  the  breadth  of  the  door 


Fia.  79. 


from  the  outer  edge.     (See  Fig.  80.) 

It  is  evident  that  the  blow  must  be  so 
delivered  that  the  axis  through  the  centre  of  mass  about 
which  the  body,  if  free,  would  begin   to  turn,  is  parallel 

to  the  given  fixed  axle,  otherwise 
the  axle  will  experience  an  im- 
pulsive twist,  such  as  is  felt  by  a 
batsman  or  a  racquet-player  when 
the  ball  strikes  his  bat  to  one 
side  of  the  central  plane  of 
symmetry. 

For  this  reason,  too,  a  door 
that  is  brought  up  as  it  swings 
by  a  stop  screwed  to  the  floor^ 
experiences  a  damaging  twist  at 
its  hinges  even  though  the 
stop  be  placed  at  the  right 
distance  from  the  line  of  hinges. 


Centre  of  Percussion  in  a  Body  of  any  Form. — 
We  have  seen  (p.  106)  that  a  free  rigid  body,  acted  on  by  a 


Centre  of  Percussion,  129 

couple,  will  begin  to  rotate  about  an  axis  through  its  centre  of 
mass,  but  not  in  general  perpendicular  to  the  plane  of  the 
couple,  and  it  is  evident  that  when  a  body  can  only  turn  about 
a  fixed  axle,  and  is  struck  by  an  impulsive  couple,  the  axle 
will  experience  an  impulsive  twist  of  the  kind  described 
unless  it  is  parallel  to  this  axis  of  spontaneous  rotation. 
Hence  it  is  not  possible  in  all  cases  of  a  body  turning  about  a 
fixed  axle  to  find  a  centre  of  percussion,  and  the  criterion  or 
test  of  the  possibility  is  the  following : — Through  the  centre 
of  mass  draw  a  line  parallel  to  the  fixed  axle.  Rotation 
about  this  line  would,  in  general,  involve  a  resultant  centri- 
fugal couple.  If  the  plane  of  this  couple  contains  the  fixed 
axle,  then  a  centre  of  percussion  can  be  foimd,  not  otherwise. 
The  significance  of  this  criterion  will  be  apparent  after 
reading  the  next  chapter.  It  is  easy,  by  imagining  the  body 
to  be  replaced  by  its  inertia-skeleton  of  three  rectangular  rods, 
to  see  that  if  the  fixed  axle  is  parallel  to  one  of  the  three 
rods,  i.e.  to  one  of  the  principal  axes,  there  is  always  an  easily 
found  centre  of  percussion  for  a  rightly  dii-ected  blow. 

N.B. — It  should  be  observed  tliat  when  once  rotation  has 
begun  there  will  be  a  centrifugal  pull  on  the  axle,  even 
though  the  blow  has  been  rightly  directed ;  but  this  force  will 
be  of  finite  value  depending  on  the  angular  velocity  imparted, 
and  will  not  be  an  impulsive  force.  Our  investigation  is  only 
concerned  with  impulsive  pressures  on  the  axle. 


CHAPTER    XII. 

ESTIMATION   OF  THE  TOTAL  ANGULAR  MOMENTUM. 

It  may  not  be  at  once  apparent  that  rotation  about  a  given 
fixed  axle  may  involve  angular  momentum  about  an  axis 
perpendicular  thereto. 

To  explain  this  let  us  take,  in  the  first  instance,  two  simple 
illustrations. 

Referring  to  Fig.  75,  p.  124,  let  the  rod  AB  be  rotating 
without  friction  about  the  perpendicular  axle  CO',  while  at 
the  same  time  the  forked  framework  which  carries  CC  is 
stationary  but  free  to  turn  about  00',  and  that  when  the  rod 
is,  for  example,  in  the  position  indicated,  its  rotation  about 
CC  is  suddenly  stopped. 

It  is  clear  that  in  this  case  the  sudden  stoppage  cannot 
affect  the  angular  velocity  of  the  other  parts  of  the  system 
about  00',  for  it  can  be  brought  about  by  the  simple  tighten- 
ing of  a  string  between  some  point  on  the  fixed  axle  00'  and 
some  point  such  as  A  or  B  on  the  rod,  or  by  impact  with 
a  smooth  ring  that  can  be  slipped  down  over  the  axle  00' 
as  indicated  in  Fig.  81,  i.e.  by  forces  having  no  moment 
about  00'. 

In  order  to  test  whether,  in  any  case,  the  sudden  stoppage 

130 


Simultaneous  Rotations, 


131 


of  rotation  about  CC  shall  affect  the  angular  velocity  of  other 
parts  of  the  system  about  00',  it  is  sufficient  to  inquire 
whether,  when  the  rotation  is  only  about  CC,  the  sudden 
stoppage  involves  the  action  of  any  impulsive  couple 
about  00'. 

In  the  case  of  the  thin  rod  just  examined  the  impulsive 
couple  required  is  entirely  in  the  plane  of  the  axis  00',  being 
a  tug  at  one  place,  and  a  thrust  transmitted  equally  through 
each  prong  of  the  fork  in  another,  and  therefore  has  no 
moment  about  00'. 


rio.  81. 


But  if  we  suppose  the  simple  bar  to  be  exchanged  for  one 
with  projecting  arms  EF  and  GH,  each  parallel  to  CC  and 
loaded,  let  us  say,  at  the  ends  as  indicated  in  the  figure,  then, 
on  the  sudden  stoppage  of  the  rod  by  the  ring  as  before,  the 
momentum  of  the  loads  at  F  and  II  will  tend  to  produce  rota- 
tion about  AB,  and  therefore  pressures  at  C  and  C  which  will 
change  the  angular  velocity  of  CC  about  00'.  It  is  evident, 
in  fact,  that  though  we  allow  ourselves  to  speak  of  the 
loaded  rod  as  simply  rotating  about  CC,  yet  that  each  of  the 


1 3  2  Dynamics  of  Rotation. 

loads  at  F  and  H  have  angular  momentum  about  00',  and 
that  when  we  suddenly  stop  the  rotation  about  CC,  we  also 
suddenly  destroy  this  angular  momentum  about  00',  which 
requires  the  action  of  an  impulsive  couple  about  00'.  In 
the  illustration  in  question  this  couple  is  supplied  by  other 
parts  of  the  system,  the  reaction  on  which  causes  them  to 
take  up  the  angular  momentum  about  00'  that  is  lost  by 
the  masses  at  F  and  H. 

The  reader  will  see  that  in  the  first  case  the  amount  of 
angular  momentum  existing  at  any  instant  about  00'  is  not 
affected  by  the  simultaneous  rotation  about  CC,  while  in  the 
second  case  it  is.  He  will  also  notice  that  CO'  is  a  principal 
axis  in  the  first  case,  but  not  in  the  second 


Additional  Property  of  Principal  Axes.— Now  it  is 
easy  to  show  by  analysis  that,  for  a  rigid  body  of  any  shape, 
notation  about  any  given  axis  will  in  general  involve  angular 
momentum  about  any  axis  at  right  angles  thereto,  but  not  when  one 
of  the  two  is  a  principal  axis. 

Let  P  (Fig.  23a,  p.  56)  be  any  particle  of  mass  m,  of  a  body 
which  is  rotating,  say,  in  a  -\-ve  direction,  about  the  axis  Oy, 
with  angular  velocity  Wy.  The  velocity  of  P  is  perpendicular 
to  BP,  and  equal  to  roiy ;  the  component  to  this  perpendicular 
to  the  plane a;y,  which  alone  has  any  moment  about  Ox,=zxoiy, 
and  its  moment  about  Ox=  —(HyXy  (negative  because  the  rota- 
tion would  be  counter-clockwise  as  viewed  from  0),  and 
therefore  the  moment  of  momentum  of  the  particle  about 
Ox=—(omxyy  and  summing  for  the  whole  body,  the  re- 
sultant   angular    momentum    about   Ox=—(Oy1mxy,  which 


Simultaneous  Rotations,  133 

vanishes  when  either  Ox  or  Oy  is  a  principal  axis  of  the 
body.i 

Total  Angular  Momentum.— It  will  now  be  clear 
that  even  when  a  body  rotates  in  rigid  attachment  to  an  axis 
fixed  in  space,  unless  this  axis  is  a  principal  axis  the  angular 
momentum  about  it  will  not  be  the  whole  angular  momentum, 
for  there  will  be  some  residual  angular  momentum  about  a 
perpendicular  axis  which  we  must  compound  with  the  other 
by  the  parallelogram  law  to  obtain  the  whole  angular 
momentum.  This  completes  the  explanation  of  the  fact 
already  noticed  on  p.  107,  that  a  body  free  to  turn  in  any 
manner  will  not,  when  acted  on  by  an  applied  couple,  always 
begin  to  rotate  about  the  axis  of  that  couple.  The  axis  of 
rotation  will  be  such  as  to  make  the  axis  of  total  angular 
momentum  agree  with  that  of  the  couple. 

The  Centripetal  Couple. — When  we  put  together  the 
result  of  the  analysis  just  given  with  that  of  p.  120,  we  see 
that  we  have  shown  that 

(i)  —  (Uy227na:y  measures  the  moment  of  the  centripetal 

couple  about  z^  and 
(ii)  —(Dy^mxy   measures    the    contribution   of   angular 
momentum  about  x  due  to  the  rotation  about  y. 
Whence  we  see  that 

The  moment  of  the  centripetal  couple  about  2;=WyXthe  con- 
tribution of  angular  momentum  about  x.  The  significance  of 
this  result  will  be  best  appreciated  after  reading  Chapter  xiii. 

*  If  the  rotation  about  CC'  (Fig.  81)  had  been  suddeuly  arrested  when 
the  loaded  rod  was  perpendicular  to  00\  each  load  would  then  have 
been  at  the  instant  moving  parallel  to  00',  and  there  would  have  been 
no  moment  of  momentum  about  00'.  00'  would  at  this  instant  have 
parallel  to  a  principal  axis  of  the  body. 


134 


Dynamics  of  Rotation. 


Since  the  moment  of  a  couple  is  greatest  about  an  axis 
perpendicular  to  its  plane,  it  follows  that  when,  through  the 
swinging  round  of  the  body,  the  contribution  of  angular 
momentum  about  x  reaches  its  maximum  value,  at  that 
instant  z  is  the  axis  of  the  couple,  which  is  thus  seen  to 

be   perpendicular  to  the 

plane  containing  the  axis 

of  rotation  and  the  axis  of 

total  angular  momentum. 

We  have  now  another 

way  of  finding  the  value 

a;  of   a   centrifugal  couple. 

Let  us  take,  for  example, 

the    case   of    a  solid   of 

revolution  rotating  with 

angular  velocity  w  about 

Fio.  81a.  an   axis   Oy  making  an 

an;  ^e  6  with  the  minimum  axis  C.     Then  the  couple  is  in 

the  plane  yx  containing  the  axis  C,  and  its  moment  about 

2=a)yX  angular  momentum  about  x.     (See  Fig.  8lA.) 

The  angular  velocity  tuy  may  be  resolved  into  two  com- 
ponents about  the  principal  axes,  viz.,  w  sin  6  about  OA  and 
CO  cos  d  about  OC.  The  angular  momentum  about  OA  is 
then  Awsin  ^,  and  about  OC  is  Cwcos  6.^  The  sum  of  the 
resolutes  of  these  about  Ox  is 

— Awsin  0COS  ^-t-Ctucos  ^sin  ^=  — (A— C)wcos  ddnS. 
This  multiplied  by  w  or  —  (o2(A— C)  sin  ^  cos  ^  is  therefore 
the  moment  of  the  centripetal  coujile  about  z  required  to 

*  It  is  only  because  OA  and  OC  are  each  principal  axes  that  we  can 
write  the  angular  momentum  about  them  as  equal  to  the  resolved  part 
of  the  angular  velocity  x  the  moment  of  inertia. 


Simultaneous  Rotations,  135 

maintain  the  rotation.  This  result  with  the  sign  changed 
is  the  value  of  the  centrifugal  couple,  and  agrees  with  that 
obtained  in  a  different  way  on  p.  1 22. 

Rotation  under  the  influence  of  no  torque.— A 

rigid  body  of  which  one  point,  say  its  centre  of  mass,  is 
fixed  can  only  move  by  turning  about  that  point,  and  at  any 
instant  it  must  be  turning  about  some  line,  which  we  call 
the  instantaneous  axis,  passing  through  that  point.  Every 
particle  on  that  line  is  for  the  instant  stationary,  though, 
in  general,  it  will  be  gaining  velocity  (suctf  particles  will  in 
fact  have  acceleration  but  not  velocity).  Hence  after  a  short 
interval  of  time  these  same  particles  will  no  longer  be  at  rest, 
and  will  no  longer  lie  on  the  instantaneous  axis.  If,  however, 
the  axis  of  rotation  is  a  principal  axis,  and  no  external  forces 
are  acting,  there  will  be  no  tendency  to  move  away  from  it, 
for  there  will  be  no  centrifugal  couple.  We  thus  realise  that 
if  such  a  body  bo  set  rotating  and  then  left  to  itself  its  future 
motion  "\vill  depend  on  the  direction  and  magnitude  of  the 
centrifugal  couple.  After  it  is  once  abandoned,  however,  the 
axis  of  total  angular  momentum  must  remain  fixed  in  space ; 
it  is  therefore  often  termed  the  invariable  axis. 


CHAPTER    XIII. 


ON  SOME  OF  THE   PHENOMENA  PRESENTED   BY 
SPINNING  BODIES. 

The  behaviour  of  a  spinning  top,  when  we  attempt  in  any 
way  to  interfere  with  it,  is  a  matter  that  at  once  engages  and 
even  fascinates  the  attention.  Between 
the  top  spinning  and  the  top  not  spin- 
ning there  seems  the  difference  almost 
between  living  matter  and  dead.  While 
spinning,  it  appears  to  set  all  our  pre- 
conceived views  at  defiance.  It  stands 
on  its  point  in  apparent  contempt  of 
the  conditions  of  statical  stability,  and 
when  we  endeavour  to  turn  it  over, 
seems  not  only  to  resist  but  to  evade  us. 
The  phenomena  presented  are  best 
studied  in  the  Gyroscope,  which  may 
be  described  as  a  metal  disc  AB  (see 
Fig.  82)  with  a  heavy  rim,  capable  of 
rotating  with  little  friction  about  an 
axle  CD,  held,  as  shown  in  the  figure, 
by  a  frame,  so  that  the  wheel  can  turn 
either  about  the  axle  CD,  or  (together  with  the  frame  CD) 
about  the  axle  EF,   perpendicular  to  CD,  or  about  the  axl© 

186 


no.  82. 


Phenomena  presented  by  Spinning  Bodies.     1 2il 

GH,  perpendicular  to  every  possible  position  of  EF,  or  the 
wheel  may  possess  each  of  these  three  kinds  of  rotation 
simultaneously. 

The  axle  CD  we  shall  refer  to  as  the  axle  of  spin,  or  axle  (1), 
the  axle  EF  we  shall  call  axle  (2),  and  the  axle  GH,  which  in 
the  ordinary  use  of  the  instrument  is  vertical,  we  shall  call 
axle  (3).  Suppose  now  the  apparatus  to  be  placed  as  shown  in 
the  figure,  with  both  the  axle  of  spin  and  axle  (2)  horizontal, 
and  let  rapid  rotation  be  given  to  it  about  the  axle  of 
spin  CD. 

Ezpeximent  1. — If,  now,  keeping  GH  vertical,  we  move  the  whole 
bodily,  say  by  carrying  it  round  the  room,  we  observe  that  the  axle 
of  rotation  preserves  its  direction  unaltered  as  we  go.  Tliis  is  only 
an  illustration  of  the  conservation  of  angular  momentum.  To  change 
the  direction  of  the  axle  of  spin  would  be  to  alter  the  amount  of 
rotation  about  an  axis  in  a  given  direction,  and  would  require  the 
action  of  an  external  couple,  such  as,  in  the  absence  of  all  friction,  is 
not  present. 

Experiment  2.— If,  while  the  wheel  is  still  spinning,  we  lift  the 
frame-work  CD  out  of  its  bearings  at  E  and  F,  we  find  we  can  move 
it  in  any  direction  by  a  motion  of  translation,  without  observing  any- 
thing to  distinguish  its  behaviour  from  that  of  an  ordinary  non-rotat- 
ing rigid  body  :  but  the  moment  we  endeiivour  in  any  sudden  manner 
to  change  the  direction  of  the  axle  of  spin  an  unexpected  resistance 
Lb  experienced,  accompanied  by  a  curious  wriggle  of  the  wheel. 

Experiment  8.— For  the  closer  examination  of  this  resistance  and 
wriggle  let  ns  endeavour,  by  the  gradually  applied  pressure  of  smooth 
pointed  rods  (such  as  ivory  penholders)  downwards  at  D  and  upwards 
at  C,  to  tilt  the  axle  of  spin— axle  (1)— from  its  initial  direction, 
which  wo  will  again  suppose  horizontal,  so  as  to  produce  rotation 
about  EF— axle  (2).  We  find  that  the  couple  thus  applied  is  resisted, 
but  that  the  whole  framework  turns  about  the  vertical  axle  GH— 
axle  (3) — and  continues  so  to  turn  as  long  as  the  pressures  are  applied, 
ceasing  to  turn  when  the  couple  is  removed :  the  direction  of  the 


'38 


Dynamics  of  Rotation, 


rotatioD  about  axle  (3)  is  counter-clockwise  as  viewed  from  above  when 
the  spin  has  the  direction  indicated  by  the  arrows.     (See  Fig.  83.) 

Experiment  4. — If,  on  the  other  hand,  we  endeavour  by  means  of  a 
gradually  applied  horizontal  couple  to  impart  to  the  already  spinning 
wheel  a  rotation  about  axle  (3),  we  find  that  instead  of  such  rotation 
taking  place,  the  wheel  and  its  frame  begin  to  rotate  about  the  axle 
(2),  and  continue  so  to  rotate  so  long  as  the  couple  is  steadily  applied. 
The  direction  of  this  rotation  is  that  given  in    Fig.  84  below,  and 


Fia.  84, 


the  effects  here  mentioned  may  be  summarised  by  saying  that  with 
the  disc  rotating  about  axle  (1)  the  attempt  to  impart  rotation  about 
a  perpendicular  axle  is  resisted,  but  causes  rotation  about  a  third  axle 
perpendicular  to  both. 

In  each  diagram  the  applied  couple  is  indicated  by  straight  arrows, 
the  original  direction  of  spin  by  unbroken  curved  arrows,  and  the 
direction  of  the  rotation  produced  by  the  couple  by  broken  curved 
arrows. 

It  should  be  noticed  that  it  is  only  for  convenience  of 
reference  that  we  suppose  the  axis  of  spin  to  be  initially  hori- 
zontal. Had  this  axis  been  tilted,  and  axle  (3)  placed  per- 
pendicular to  it,  the  relation  of  the  directions  would  be  the 
same. 

Definition. — The  rotation  of  the  axle  of  spin  in  a  plane  per- 
pendicular to  that  of  the  couple  applied  to  it  is  called  a  pre- 


Phenomeyia  presented  by  Spinning  Bodies,      139 

cessional  motion — a  phrase  borrowed  from  Astronomy — and 
we  shall  speak  of  it  by  that  name.  The  application  of  the 
couple  is  said  to  cause  the  spinning  wheel  to  '  precess.' 


Rule  for  the  direction  of  Precession.— In  all  cases 
the  following  Rule,  for  which  the  reason  will  be  apparent 
shortly,  will  be  found  to  hold. 

The  Precession  of  the  axle  of  spin  tends  to  convert  the  existing 
spin  into  a  spin  about  the  axis  of  the  couple  and  in  the  direction 
required  by  the  couple. 

Experiment  6. — The  actions  just  described  may  be  well  exhibited 
by  attaching  a  weight  at  0  or  D,  as  in  the  accompanying  figure 


no.  85. 


no.  9k 


(Fig.  85),  or  still  more  strikingly,  by  supporting  the  frame  CD  on  n 
point  P,  by  means  of  a  projection  DK,  in  whose  lower  side  is  a 
shallow  conical  hollow,  in  the  manner  indicated  in  the  figure  (Fig.  8C). 


140  Dynamics  of  Rotation, 

If  the  wheel  were  not  spinning  it  would  at  once  fall,  but  instead  of 
falling  it  begins  when  released  to  travel  with  processional  motion  round 
the  vertical  axis  HP,  and  even  the  addition  of  a  weight  W  to  the 
framework  at  C  will,  if  the  rate  of  spin  be  sufficiently  rapid,  produce 
no  obvious  depression  of  the  centre  of  gravity  of  the  whole,  but  only 
an  acceleration  of  the  rate  of  precession  round  HP.  It  will,  indeed, 
be  observed  that  the  centre  of  gravity  of  the  whole  does  in  time 
descend,  though  very  gradually,  also  that  the  precession  grows  more 
and  more  rapid. 

Each  of  these  eflfects,  however,  is  secondary,  and  due,  in 
part  at  any  rate,  to  friction,  of  which  we  can  never  get  rid 
entirely. 

In  confirmation  of  this  statement  we  may  at  once  make  the 
two  following  experiments. 

Experiment  6. — Let  the  precession  be  retarded  by  a  light  hori- 
zontal couple  applied  at  0  and  D.  The  centre  of  gravity  at  once 
descends  rapidly.  Let  the  precession  be  accelerated  by  a  horizontal 
couple.  The  centre  of  gravity  of  the  whole  begins  to  rise.  Thus 
we  see  that  any  friction  of  the  axle  GH  in  Fig.  85,  or  friction 
at  the  point  P  in  Fig.  86,  will  cause  the  centre  of  gravity  to 
descend. 

Experiment  7. — Let  Experiment  6  be  repeated  with  a  much  smaller 
rate  of  original  spin.  The  value  of  the  steady  precessional  velocity 
will  be  much  greater.  Hence  we  see  that  friction  of  the  axle  of  spin 
might  account  for  the  gradual  acceleration  of  the  precessional  velocity 
that  we  observe. 

Experiment  8.— Let  us  now  vary  the  experiment  by  preventing 
the  instrument  from  turning  about  the  vertical  axle  (3),  which 
may  be  done  by  tightening  the  screw  G  (Fig.  82),  the  base  of  the 
instrument  being  prevented  from  turning  by  its  friction  with  the 
table  on  which  it  stands.  If  we  now  endeavour  as  before  to  tilt 
the  rotating  wheel,  we  find  that  the  resistance  previously  experienced 
has  disappeared,  and  that  the  wheel  behaves  to  all  appearance  as  if 
not  spinning. 


P/ienofnena  presented  by  Spinning  Bodies.      1 4 1 

Experiment  9. — But  if  the  stem  GH  be  held  in  one  hand,  while  with 
the  other  a  pressure  is  applied  at  C  or  D  to  tilt  the  wheel,  its  'effort 
to  precess  *  will  be  strongly  felt. 

Experiment  10.— Let  us  now  loosen  the  screw  G  again,  but  fix  the 
frames  CD,  which  may  be  done  by  pinning  it  to  the  frame  EF,  so  as 
to  prevent  rotiition  about  the  axle  EF.  It  will  now  be  found  that 
if,  as  in  Experiment  4,  we  apply  a  horizontal  couple,  the  previously 
felt  resistance  has  disappeared  ;  but  here,  again,  the  *  effort  to  precess ' 
will  be  strongly  felt  if  the  framework  CD  be  dismounted  and  held  in 
the  hand,  and  then  given  a  sudden  horizontal  twist. 

Precession  in  Hoops,  Tops,  etc.— It  needs  only  the 
familiarity  that  most  of  us  obtain  as  children  with  hoops, 
tops,  bicycles,  etc.,  to  recognise  that  we  have  in  these  also  the 
very  same  phenomenon  of  precession  to  explain.  Thus,  when 
a  hoop  rolling  away  from  us 
is  tilted  over  to  the  left,  it 
nevertheless  does  not  fall  as 
it  would  if  not  rolling.  Since 
the  centre  of  gravity  does  not 
descend,  the  upthrust  at  the 
ground  must  be  equal  to  the 
weight  of  the  hoop,  and  must 
constitute  with  it  a  couple 
tending  to  turn  the  hoop  over. 
Wo  observe,    however,  that 

instead  of  turning  over,  the  hoop  turns  to  the  left,  i.t.  it 
takes  on  a  processional  motion. 

If  we  forcibly  attempt  with  the  hoop-stick  to  make  it  turn 
more  quickly  to  the  left,  the  hoop  at  once  rears  itself  upright 
again  (compare  Experiment  6). 

It  is  true  that  when  the  hoop  u  bowling  along  a  curved 
path  of  radius  R  in  an  inclined  position,  as  shown  in  the 


)tv\.  S7 


142  Dynamics  of  Rotation, 


figure,  there  is  a  couple  acting  on  it  in  a  vertical  plane,  due  to 
the  centrifugal  force  ^~ ,   and  the  lateral  friction    of    the 

ground.  But  this  will  not  account  for  the  curvature  of  the 
track,  nor  can  it  be  the  sole  cause  of  the  hoop  not  falling  over, 
for  if  the  hoop  be  thrown  from  the  observer  in  an  inclined 
position,  and  spinning  so  as  afterwards  to  roll  back  towards 
him,  it  will  be  observed  not  to  fall  over  even  while  almost 
stationary,  during  the  process  of  'skidding,'  which  precedes 
the  rolling  back. 

Further  Experiment  with  a  Hoop. — It  is  an  instruc- 
tive experiment  to  set  a  small  light  hoop  spinning  in  a  ver- 
tical plane,  in  the  air,  and  then,  while  it  is  still  in  the  air,  to 
strike  it  a  blow  with  the  finger  at  the  extremity  of  a  horizon- 
tal diameter.  The  hoop  will  at  once  twn  over  about  that 
diameter.  If  the  experiment  be  repeated  with  the  hoop  not 
spinning,  the  hoop  will  not  turn  over,  but  will  rotate  about  a 
vertical  diameter.  This  experiment  will  confirm  the  belief  in 
the  validity  of  the  explanation  above  given  of  the  observed 
facts. 

That  a  spinning  top  does  not  fall  when  its  axis  of  spin  is 
tilted  is  evidently  an  instance  of  the  same  kind,  and  we  shall 
show^  (p.  154)  that  the  behaviour  of  a  top  in  raising  itself  from 
an  inclined  to  an  upright  position  is  due  to  an  acceleration  of 
the  precession  caused  by  the  action  of  the  ground  against  its 
peg,  and  falls  under  the  same  category  as  the  recovery  of  posi- 
tion by  the  hoop,  illustrated  in  experiments  4  and  6  with  the 
gyroscope. 

*  Sec  also  p.  70  of  a  Lecture  on  Spinning  Tops,  by  Professor  John 
Perry,  F.  R.  S.  Published  by  the  Society  for  Promoting  Christian  Know. 
ledge,  Charing  Cross,  London,  W.C. 


Phenomena  presented  by  Spinning  Bodies,      143 

Bicycle. — In  the  case  of  a  bicycle  the  same  causes  operate, 
but  the  relatively  great  mass  of  the  non-rotating  parts  (the 
framework  and  the  rider)  causes  the  efiect  of  their  momentum 
to  preponderate  in  importance.  It  is  true  that  when  the 
rider  finds  himself  falling  over  to  his  left,  he  gives  to  his 
driving-wheel,  by  means  of  the  handles,  a  rotation  to  his  left 
about  a  vertical  axis,  and  that  this  rotation  will  cause  a  pro- 
cessional recovery  on  the  part  of  the  wheel  of  the  erect 
position.  How  considerable  is  this  eflbrt  to  precess  may  be 
readily  appreciated  by  any  one  who  will  endeavour  to  change 
the  plane  of  rotation  of  a  spinning  bicycle  wheel,  having  first, 
for  convenience  of  manipulation,  detached  it  in  its  bearings 
from  the  rest  of  the  machine.  But  if  the  turn  given  to  the 
track  be  a  sharp  one,  the  momentum  of  the  rider,  who  is 
seated  above  the  axle  of  the  wheel,  will  be  the  more  power- 
ful cause  in  re-erection  of  the  wheel.  It  should  also  be 
noticed  that  the  reaction  to  the  horizontal  couple  applied  by 
the  rider  will  be  transmitted  to  the  hind  wheel,  on  which  it 
will  act  in  an  opposite  manner,  tending  to  turn  it  over  still 
further,  but  at  the  same  time  to  increase  the  curvature  of  the 


no.  88. 

track,  and  thus  the  effect  of  the  centrifugal  and  friction  couple 
already  alluded  to  in  reference  to  the  motion  of  a  hoop. 

Explanation  of  Precession.— That  the  grounds  of 
tlic  apparently  anomalous  behaviour  of  the  gyroscope  may  be 
fully  apprehended,  it  ia  necessary  to  remember  that  the 
principle  of  the  conservation  of  angular  momentum  implies 


144  Dynamics  of  Rotation. 

(i)  That  the  application  of  any  external  couple  involves  tne 
generation  of  angular  momentum  at  a  definite  rate  about  the 
axis  of  the  couple ;  and  (ii)  That  no  angular  momentum  about 
any  axis  in  space  can  be  destroyed  or  generated  in  a  body 
without  the  action  of  a  corresponding  external  couple  about 
that  axis.  Now,  if  the  spinning  wheel  were  to  turn  over 
under  the  action  of  a  tilting  couple  as  it  would  if  not  spinning, 
and  as,  without  experience,  we  might  have  expected  it  to  do, 
the  latter  of  these  conditions  would  be  violated.  For,  as  the 
wheel,  whose  axis  of  spin  was,  let  us  suppose,  originally  hori- 
zontal, turned  over,  angular  momentum  would  begin  to  be 
generated  ^  about  a  vertical  axis  without  there  being  any 
corresponding  couple  to  account  for  it;  and  if  the  tilting 
continued,  angular  momentum  would  also  gradually  disappear 
about  the  original  direction  of  the  axle  of  spin,  and  again 
without  a  corresponding  couple  to  account  for  it. 

On  the  other  hand,  by  the  wheel  not  turning  over  in 
obedience  to  the  tilting  couple,  this  violation  of  condition  (ii) 
is  avoided,  and  by  its  precessing  at  a  suitable  rate  condition 
(i)  is  also  fulfilled.  For,  as  the  wheel  turns  about  the  axis 
of  precession,  so  fast  does  angular  momentum  begin  to  appear 
about  the  axis  of  the  couple  as  required. 

*  When  the  wheel  is  simply  spinning  about  axis  (1)  the  amount  of 
angular  momentum  about  any  axis  in  space  drawn  through  its  centre,  is 
(see  p.  89)  proportional  to  the  projection  in  that  direction  of  the  length 
of  the  axle  of  spin.  Or  again,  the  amount  of  angular  momentum 
about  any  axis  is  proportional  to  the  projection  of  the  circular  area 
of  the  disc  which  is  visible  to  a  person  looking  from  a  distance  at 
its  centre  along  the  axis  in  question.  Thus,  if  the  axis  were  to 
begin  to  be  tilted  up,  a  person  looking  vertically  down  on  the  wheel 
would  begin  to  see  some  of  the  flat  side  of  the  wheel.  The  student 
will  find  this  a  convenient  method  of  following  with  the  eye  and 
estimating  the  development  of  angular  momentum  about  any  axis. 


Phenomena  presented  by  Spinning  Bodies,     145 

Analogy  between  steady  Precession  and  uniform 
Motion  in  a  Circle. — To  maintain  the  uniform  motion  of 
a  particle  along  a  circular  arc  requires,  as  we  saw  on  p.  Ill, 
the  application  of  a  force,  which,  acting  always  perpendicular 
to  the  existing  momentum,  alters  the  direction  but  not  the 
magnitude  of  that  momentum.  Similarly,  for  the  mainten- 
ance of  a  steady  precession,  we  must  have  a  couple  always 
generating  angular  momentum  in  a  direction  perpendicular 
to  that  of  the  existing  angular  momentum,  and  thereby  alter- 
ing the  direction  but  not  the  magnitude  of  that  angular 
momentum. 

We  showed  (pp.  Ill,  112)  that  to  maintain  rotation  with 
angular  velocity  <«>  in  a  particle  whose  momentum  was  mv, 
required  a  central  force  of  magnitude  wiiw,  and  we  shall  now 
find  in  precisely  the  same  way,  using  the  same  figure,  the 
value  of  the  couple  (L)  required  to  maintain  a  given  rate  of 
precession  about  a  vertical  axis  in  a  gyroscope  with  its  axle 
of  spin  horizontal. 

Calculation  of  the  Rate  of  Precession. — Let  w  be 
the  rate  of  precession  of  the  axle  of  spin.  Let  I  be  the 
moment  of  inertia  of  the  wheel  about  the  axle  of  spin. 

Let  12  be  the  angular  velocity  of  spin. 

Then  Ift  is  the  angular  momentum  of  the  wheel  about  an 
axis  coinciding  at  any  instant  with  the  axle  of  spin.* 

It  is  to  be  observed,  that  in  the  absence  of  friction  at  the 
pivots,  the  rate  of  spin  about  the  axle  of  spin  remains 
unaltered. 

*  The  student  is  reminded  that,  on  account  of  the  already  existing 
preceHion,  the  angular  momentum  about  the  axle  of  spin  would  not 
be  in  if  this  axle  wore  not  also  a  principal  axis,  and  at  right-angles 
to  the  axis  of  precession  («e«  p.  132). 

K 


146  Dynamics  of  Rotation, 

Let  us  agree  to  represent  the  angular  momentum  112  about 
the  axle  of  spin  when  in  tlie  position  OA  by  the  length  OP 
measured  along  OA.  Then  the  angular  momentum  about 
the  axle  when  in  the  position  OB  is  represented  by  an  equal 
length  OQ  measured  along  OB,  and  the  angular  momentum 
added  in  the  interval  is  re- 
presented by  the  line  PQ. 

If  the  interval  of  time  con- 
sidered be  very  short,  then 
OB  is  very  near  OA,  and  PQ 
is  perpendicular  to  the  axle 
OA.  This  shows  that  the 
angular    momentum    added, 

°  ;  Fia.  80. 

and  therefore    the    external 

couple  required  to  maintain  the  precession,  is  perpendicular 

to  the  axle  of  spin. 

Let  the  very  short  interval  of  time  in  question  be  called 

{dt)^  then  PQ  represents  the  angular  momentum  added  in  time 

((//),  i.e.  (the  external  couple)  x  {di). 

,    PQ_ external  couple  x  idt) 

"  op~  m         • 

But  ^=angle  1^0q=io{dt) ; 

,    external  couple  X  (dt)  _   , ,,. 
..    j^^ (o(rfj;, 

or  external  couple =Ifia). 

The  analogy  between  this  result  and  that  obtained  for  the 
maintenance  of  uniform  angular  velocity  of  a  particle  in  a 
circle  becomes  perhaps  most  apparent  when  written  in  the 
following  form : — 

*To  rotate  the  linear  momentum  m'o  with  angular  velocity 


Phenomena  presented  by  Spinning  Bodies.     147 

i . 

0)  requires  a  force  perpendicular  to  the  momentum  of  magni- 
tude mv.io. 

'While 
*  To  rotate  the  angular  momentum  112  with  angular  velocity  w 
requires  a  couple,  about  an  axis  perpendicular  to  the  axis  of 
the  angular  momentum,  of  magnitude  Iflw.' 
Since  then  L  =  I12tu 

L 
"=T12» 
or  the  rate  of  precession  is  directly  proportional  to  the  mag- 
nitude of  the  applied  couple,  and  inversely  as  the  existing 
angular  momentum  of  spin. 

That  the  rate  of  precession  (o>)  increases  as  the  rate  of 
spin  12  diminishes  has  already  been  shown  (see  Experiments 
5  and  7). 

But  the  result  obtained  also  leads  to  the  conclusion  that, 
when  the  rate  of  spin  is  indefinitely  small,  then  the  rate  of 
precession  is  indefinitely  great,  which  seems  quite. contrary  to 
experience,  and  requires  further  examination. 

To  make  this  point  clear,  attention  is  called  to  the  fact 
that  our  investigation,  which  has  just  led  to  the  result  that 

o»=^--,  applies  only  to  the  maintenance  of  an  existing  precession^ 

and  not  to  the  starting  of  that  precession  from  rest.  Assum- 
ing no  loss  of  spin  by  friction,  it  is  evident  that  there  is  more 
kinetic  energy  in  the  apparatus  when  precessing  especially 
with  its  frame,  than  when  spinning  with  axle  of  spin  at  rest. 
In  fact,  if  t  be  the  moment  of  inertia  of  the  whole  apparatus 
about  the  axle,  perpendicular  to  that  of  spin,  round  which 
precession  takes  place,  the  kinetic  energy  is  increased  by  the 
amount  }t(u',  and  this  increase  can  only  have  been  derived 
from  work  done  by  the  applied  couple  at  starting.     Hence, 


148  Dynamics  of  Rotation, 


in  starting  the  precession,  the  wheel  must  yield  somewhat  to 
the  tilting  couple. 

Observation  of  the  *  Wabble.'— This  yielding  may  be 
easily  observed  if,  when  the  wheel  is  spinning,  comparatively 
slowly,  about  axis  (1),  we  apply  and  then  remove  a  cOuple 
about  axis  (2)  in  an  impulsive  manner,  for  example. by  a 
sharp  tap  given  to  the  frame  at  C.  The  whole  instrument 
will  bo  observed  to  wriggle  or  wabble,  and  if  close  attention 
be  paid,  it  will  be  noticed  that  the  axle  of  spin  dips  (at  one 
end),  is  quickly  brought  to  rest,  and  then  begins  to  return, 
swings  beyond  the  original  (horizontal)  position,  comes  quickly 
to  rest,  and  then  returns  again,  thus  oscillating  about  a  mean 
position.  Meanwhile,  and  concomitantly  with  these  motions, 
the  framework  CD  begins  to  precess  round  a  vertical  axis, 
comes  to  rest,  and  then  swings  back  again.  The  two  motions 
together  constitute  a  rotation  of  either  extremity  of  the  axle 
of  spin.  If  the  rate  of  spin  be  very  rapid,  these  motions  will 
be  found  to  be  not  only  smaller  in  amplitude,  but  so  fast  as 
not  to  be  easily  followed  by  the  eye,  which  may  discern  only 
a  slight  *  shiver '  of  the  axle.  Or,  again,  a  similar  effect  may 
be  observed  to  follow  a  sudden  tap  given  when  the  whole  is 
precessing  steadily  under  the  pressure  of  an  attached  extra 
weight. 

It  will  probably  at  once,  and  rightly,  occur  to  the  reader 
that  the  phenomenon  is  due  to  the  inertia  of  the  wheel  and 
its  attached  frame,  etc.,  with  respect  to  rotation  about  the 
axis  of  precession.  To  any  particular  value  of  a  tilting  couple, 
and  for  a  given  angular  momentum  of  spin  about  axis  (1), 
there  must  be,  as  we  have  seen,  so  long  as  the  couple  is 
applied,  an  appropriate  corresponding  value  for  the  pieces- 


Pkenonte?ta  presented  by  Spinning  Bodies.     149 

sional  velocity,  but  this  velocity  cannot  be  at  once  acquired 
or  altered.  The  inertia  of  the  particles  remote  from  the  axis 
of  precession  enables  them  to  exert  forces  resisting  preces- 
sion, and  we  have  seen  as  an  experimental  result  (Experi- 
ments 6  and  8),  that  when  precession  is  resisted  the  wheel 
obeys  the  tilting  couple  and  turns  over,  acquiring  angular 
velocity  about  the  axis  of  the  couple.  But  the  parts  that 
resist  precessional  rotation  must,  in  accordance  with  the 
principle  that  action  and  reaction  are  equal  and  opposite, 
themselves  acquire  precessional  rotation.  Hence,  when  the 
impulsive  couple,  having  reached  its  maximum  value,  begins 
to  diminish  again,  this  same  inertia  has  the  effect  of  hurrying 
the  precession,  and  we  have  also  seen  in  Experiment  6,  that 
to  hurry  the  precession  is  to  produce  a  (precessional)  tilt 
opposite  to  the  couple  inducing  the  precession,  and  this  action 
destroys  again  the  angular  velocity  about  the  axis  of  the 
applied  couple  which  has  just  been  acquired.  The  wabble 
onco  initiated  can  only  disappear  under  the  influence  of 
frictional  forces.*    Thus  the  wabbling  motion  is  seen  to  be 

*  We  can  now  see  in  a  general  way  in  what  manner  our  equation 
must  be  modified  if  it  is  to  represent  the  connection  between  the 
applied  couple  and  the  rate  of  precession  during  the  wabble.  The 
yielding  under  the  applied  couple  implies  that  this  is  generating 
angular  momentum  about  its  ovm  axis  by  the  ordinary  process  of 
generating  angular  acceleration  of  the  whole  object  about  that  axis, 
and  thus  less  is  left  unbalanced  to  work  the  alternative  process  of 
rotating  the  angular  momentum  of  spin.  In  fact,  if  our  equation  is  to 
hold,  we  must  write  (in  an  obvious  notation) 
L-Isca2=wx  angular  momentum  about  horizontal  axis  perpendicular 

to  the  axis  of  the  couple. 
But  the  motion  being  now  much  more  complicated  than  before,  the 
angular  momentum   al>out  the  horizontal  axis  that  is  being  rotated 
can  no  longer  be  so  simply  oxpresaed.    Ab  wo  hftve  seen,  it  is  not  inde> 
pendent  of  w^ 


150  Dynamics  of  Rotation, 

the  result  of  forces  tending  first  to  check  and  then  to 
accelerate  precession,  a  phenomenon  that  has  been  already 
observed.  But  to  observe  one  phenomenon,  and  then  to 
point  put  that  another  is  of  the  same  kind,  cannot  explain 
both,  and  it  is  still  desirable  to  obtain  further  insight  into 
the  physical  reactions  between  the  parts,  which  enables  a 
couple  about  axle  2  to  %taxt  precession  about  axle  3,  and  vice 
versd. 

Explanation    of  the    Starting    of   Precession.— 

Suppose  that  we  look  along  the  horizontal  axis  of  spin  at 
the  broad-side  of  the  disc  spinning  as  indicated  by  the  arrow 
(Fig.  90),  and  that  there  is  applied  to  it  a  couple  about  axle 
(2)  tending,  say,  to  make  the  upper  half  of  the  disc  advance 
towards  us  out  of  the  plane  of  the  diagram,  and  the  lower 
half  to  recede.  We  shall  show  that  simultaneously  with  the 
rotation  that  such  a  couple  produces  about  axle  (2),  forces  are 
called  into  play  which  start  precession  about  (3). 

All  particles  in  quadrant  (1)  are  increasing  their  distance 
from  the  axis  (2),  and  therefore  (see  pp.  85  and  86)  checking 
the  rotation  about  (2),  producing,  in  fact  (on  the  massless 
rigid  structure  within  the  cells  of  which  we  may  imagine 
them  lying  as  loose  cores),  by  reason  of  their  inertia,  the 
effect  of  a  force  away  from  the  observer  applied  at  some 
point  A  in  the  quadrant.  Similarly,  all  particles  in  quad- 
rant (2)  are  approaching  the  axis  (2),  and  therefore  by  their 
momentum  perpendicular  to  the  plane  of  the  diagram  arc 
accelerating  the  rotation  about  (2),  producing  on  the  rigid 
structure  of  the  wheel  the  effect  of  a  pressure  towards  the 
observer  at  some  point  B.  In  like  manner,  in  quadrant  (3), 
in  wliicb  the  particles  are  receding  from  axis  (2),  they  exert 


Pheyiomena  presented  by  Spinning  Bodies.     1 5 1 

on  the  rigid  structure  a  resultant  force  tending  to  check  the 
rotation     about     (2), 

equal  and  opposite  to  |(3) 

that  exerted  at  A, 
and  passing  through 
a  point  C  similarly 
situated  to  A.  Again, 
in  quadrant  (4)  the 
force  is  away  from  the 
observer,  is  equal  to 
that  at  B,  and  passes 
through  the  similarly 
situated  point  D. 
These  four  forces  con- 
stitute a  couple  which 
does  not  affect  the  rotation  about  (2),  but  does  generate  pre- 
cession about  (3). 

On  the  other  hand,  when  precession  is  actually  taking  place 
about  axis  (3),  we  see,  by  dealing  in  precisely  the  same  way 
with  the  several  quadrants,  and  considering  the  approach  or 
recession  of  their  particles  to  or  from  axis  (3),  that  the  spin 
produces  a  couple  about  axis  (2)  which  is  opposed  to  and 
equilibrates  the  external  couple  that  is  already  acting  about 
axis  (2),  but  which  does  not  affect  the  rotation  about  axis  (3). 

If,  when  precession  about  (3)  is  proceeding  steadily,  the 
external  couple  about  (2)  be  suddenly  withdrawn,  then  this 
opposing  couple  is  no  longer  balanced,  and  the  momentum 
of  the  particles  initiates  a  wabble  by  causing  rotation 
about  (2).i 


^  Some  roaden  ouy  find  it  easier  to  follow  this  explanation  by 


152 


Dynamics  of  Rotation, 


Gyroscope  with  Axle  of  Spin  Inclined.— It  will  be 
observed  that  we  have  limited  our  study  of  the  motion  of  the 

spinning  gyroscope  under 
the  action  of  a  tilting 
couple  to  the  simplest 
case  of  all,  viz.,  that  in 
which  the  axle  of  spin  is 
perpendicular  to  the  ver- 
tical axle,  which  there- 
fore coincides  with  the 
axis  of  precession.  If  we 
had  experimented  with 
the  axle  of  spin  inclined 
as  in  Fig.  91,  then  the 
axis  of  precession,  which, 
as  we  have  seen,  must 
always  be  perpendicular 
to  the  axis  of  spin,  would 
have  been  itself  inclined, 
and  pure  rotation  about  it  would  have  been  impossible  owing 
to  the  manner  in  which  the  frame  CD  is  attached  to  the 
vertical  axle.  The  former  precessional  rotation  could  be 
resolved  into  two  components,  one  about  the  vertical  axis 
which  can  still  take  place,  and  one  about  a  horizontal  axis 
which  is  prevented. 

Now,  we  have  seen  that  the  effect  of  impeding  the  preces- 
sional rotation  is  to  cause  the  instrument  to  yield  to  the 


FIO.  91. 


imagining  the  disc  as  a  hollow  massless  shell  or  case,  inside  which  each 
nuasive  particle  whirls  round  the  axis  at  the  end  of  a  fine  string,  and 
to  think  of  the  way  in  wliich  the  particles  would  strike  the  flat  sides 
of  the  case  if  this  were  given  the  sudden  turn  about  axle  2. 


Phenomena  presented  by  Spinning  Bodies.     153 

tilting  couple.  Hence  we  may  expect  to  find  that  the  sudden 
hanging  on  of  a  weight,  as  in  the  figure,  will  cause  a  more 
marked  wabble  of  the  axle  of  spin  than  would  be  produced 
by  an  equal  torque  suddenly  applied  when  the  axle  of  spin 
was  horizontal.  This  may  be  abundantly  verified  by  experi- 
ment. It  will  be  found  that  if  the  instrument  be  turned 
from  the  position  of  Fig.  91  to  that  of  Fig.  85,  and  the  same 
tap  be  given  in  each  case,  the  yield  is  far  less  noticeable  in 
the  horizontal  position,  although  (since  the  force  now  acts  on 
a  longer  arm)  the  moment  of  the  tap  is  greater ;  and  if  other 
tests  be  applied,  it  will  be  observed  that  the  quasi-rigidity  of 
the  instrument,  even  when  spinning  fast,  is  notably  dimin- 
ished when  the  axle  of  spin  is  nearly  vertical,  i.e.  when 
nearly  the  whole  of  the  precession  is  impeded. 

Pivot-friction  is  liable  to  be  greater  with  the  axle  of  spin 
inclined,  and  this  producos  a  more  noticeable  reduction  of 
the  rate  of  spin,  with  a  corresponding  increase  of  tilt  and 
acceleration  of  the  precession,  which  (as  we  show  in  the 
Appendix)  would  otherwise  have  a  definite  steady  value. 
The  precession  also  is  now  evidently  a  rotation  about  an  axis 
which  is  not  a  principal  axis  of  the  disc,  and  on  this  account 
a  centrifugal  couple  is  called  into  play,  tending,  in  the  case 
of  an  oblate  body  like  the  gyroscope  disc,  to  render  the  axle 
more  vertical,  i.e.  to  help  the  applied  couple,  if  the  weight 
is  hung  at  the  lower  end  of  the  axle,  as  in  the  figure,  but 
to  diminish  the  couple  if  the  weight  is  hung  from  the 
upper  end. 

It  most  be  remembered,  however,  that  the  disc  of  a  g3T0- 
scope  can  only  process  in  company  with  its  frame,  CD,  and  the 
dimensions  and  mass  of  this  can  be  so  adjusted  that  the  disc 
and  frame  together  are  dynamically  equivalent  to  a  sphere. 


154 


Dynamics  of  Rotation, 


every  axis  being  then  a  principal  axis  as  regards  a  common 
rotation  of  disc  and  frame.  In  this  manner  disturbance 
by  the  centrifugal  couple  may  be 
avoided. 

In  dealing  with  a  peg-top  moving 
in  an  inclined  position  with  preces- 
sional  gyration  about  a  vertical  axis 
(see  Fig.  93),  such  centrifugal  forces 
will  obviously  need  taking  into  ac- 
count. With  a  prolate  top,  such  as 
that  figured,  the  efifect  of  the  centri- 
fugal couple  will  be  to  increase  the 
applied  couple  and  therefore  the  rate 
of  precession;  with  a  flattened  or 
oblate  top  like  a  teetotum,  to 
diminish  it. 

The  exact  evaluation  of  the  steady 
precessional  velocity  of  gyroscope  or 
top  with  the  axis  of  spin  inclined, 
will  be  found  in  the  Appendix. 


nos.  02  AND 


Explanation  of  the  Effects  of  Impeding  or  Hurry- 
ing Precession. — Though  we  have  throughout  referred 
to  these  effects  as  purely  experimental  phenomena,  the  ex- 
planation is  very  simple.  The  turning  over  of  the  gyroscope, 
when  the  steady  precession  is  impeded,  is  itself  simply  a 
precessional  motion  induced  by  the  impeding  torque.  Refer- 
ence to  the  rule  for  the  direction  of  precession  (p.  139)  will 
show  that  the  effect  either  of  impeding  or  hurrying  is  at  once 
accounted  for  in  this  way. 

The  Rising  of  a  Spinning  Top.— We  have  already 


Phenomena  presented  by  Spinning  Bodies,     155 

(p.  142)  seen  that  this  phenomenon  would  follow  from  the 
action  of  a  torque  hurrying  the  precession,  and  have  intimated 
that  it  is  by  the  friction  of  the  peg  with  the  ground  or  table 
on  which  the  top  spins  that  the  requisite  torque  is  provided. 
We  shall  now  explain  how  this  frictional  force  comes  into  play. 
The  top  is  supposed  to  be  already  spinning  and  process- 
ing with  its  axis  in- 
clined  as  indicated  in  / 

Fig.  93.     The  relation  /  1 

between  the  directions  /       \^ 

of  tilt,  spin,  and  pre-  /  ^-->-  y/1 •• 

cession  is  obtained  by  /  >^ 

the  rule  of   page   139,      ^i  >^-..__ 

and  is   shown   by   the      ~''~^^:^=^  "^  7^ 

arrows  of  Fig.  94,  repre-  \ 

senting  the  peg  of  the  ^%y/ 

top  somewhat  enlarged.  ""^:^^ 

The  extremity  of  the 

peg  is  always  somewhat  rounded,  and  the  blunter  it  is,  the 
farther  from  the  axis  of  spin  will  be  the  part  that  at  any  in- 
stant is  in  contact  with  the  table.  On  account  of  the  proces- 
sional motion  by  which  the  peg  is  swept  bodily  round  the 
horizontal  circle  on  the  table,  this  portion  of  the  peg  in  contact 
with  the  table  is  moving  forwards,  while,  on  the  other  hand,  on 
account  of  the  spin,  the  same  part  is  being  carried  backwards 
over  the  table.  So  long  as  there  is  relative  motion  of  the 
parts  in  contact,  the  direction  of  the  friction  exerted  by  the 
table  on  the  peg  will  depend  on  which  of  these  two  opposed 
velocities  is  the  greater.  If  the  forward,  precessional  velocity 
is  the  greater,  then  the  friction  will  oppose  precession  and 
increase  the  tilt ;  while  if  the  backward  linear  velocity  due 


1 56  Dynamics  of  Rotation, 

to  the  spin  is  the  greater,  then  the  peg  will  skid  as  it  sweeps 
round  and  the  friction  will  be  an  external  force  aiding  pre- 
cession, and  the  top  will  rise  to  a  more  vertical  position. 
When  the  two  opposed  velocities  are  exactly  equal,  then  the 
motion  of  the  peg  is  one  of  pure  rolling  round  the  horizontal 
circle:  there  is  then  no  relative  motion  of  the  parts  in  con- 
tact, parallel  to  the  table,  and  the  friction  may  be  in  either 
direction,  and  may  be  zero. 

With  a  very  sharp  peg,  of  which  the  part  in  contact  with 
the  table  is  very  near  the  axis  of  spin,  the  backward  linear 
velocity  will  be  very  small,  even  with  a  rapid  rate  of  spin ; 
80  that  such  a  top  will  less  readily  recover  its  erect  position 
than  one  with  a  blunter  peg.  Also  on  a  very  smooth  surface 
the  recovery  is  necessarily  slower  than  on  a  rough  one,  as 
may  easily  be  seen  by  causing  a  top  which  is  spinning  and 
gyrating  and  slowly  erecting  itself  on  a  smooth  tray,  to  move 
on  to  an  artificially  roughened  part. 

The  explanation  here  given,  though  somewhat  more  de- 
tailed, is  essentially  the  same  as  that  of  Professor  Perry  in 
his  charming  little  book  on  Spinning  Tops  already  referred  to, 
and  is  attributed  by  him  to  Sir  William  Thomson. 

We  will  conclude  by  recommending  the  student  to  spin,  on 
surfaces  of  different  roughness,  such  bodies  as  an  egg  (hard- 
boiled),  a  sphere  eccentrically  loaded  within,  and  to  observe 
the  circumstances  under  which  the  centre  of  gravity  rises  or 
does  not  rise.  Bearing  in  mind  the  explanation  just  given, 
he  should  now  be  able  to  account  to  himself  for  what  he  will 
observe,  and  to  foresee  what  will  happen  under  altered  con- 
ditions. 

Calculation  of  the  'EfTort  to  Precess.'— We  saw, 


Phenomena  presefited  by  Spinnmg  Bodies,     157 

in  Experiments  9  and  10,  that  when  precession  is  prevented 
an  *  effort  to  precess '  is  exerted  by  the  spinning  body  against 
that  which  prevents  it.  Thus,  in  the  experiments  referred 
to,  pressures  equivalent  to  a  couple  were  exerted  by  the  axle 
of  the  spinning  wheel  on  its  bearings. 

If  0)  be  the  rate  at  which  the  axle  of  spin  is  being  forcibly 
turned  into  a  new  direction,  then  wlfi  is  the  rate  at  which 
angular  momentum  is  being  generated  about  the  axis  per- 
pendicular to  the  axis  of  w  and  to  that  of  12,  and  is  therefore 
the  measure  of  the  torque  exerted  by  the  bearings,  and  of  the 
reaction  to  which  they  are  themselves  in  turn  subjected. 

Example  (l). — A  railway-engine  whose  two  driving-wheels  have 
each  a  diameter  d(  =  7  feet)  and  a  moment  of  inertia  I(  =  18500  Ib.- 
foot*  units)  rounds  a  curve  of  radius  r(  =  528  feet)  at  a  speed  v(  =  30 
miles  per  hour).    Find  the  effort  to  precess  due  to  the  two  wheels. 

Solution — 

2v 
Q  =  -j  =  12*57  radians  per  second. 

•»  =  —  =  £^j5  =  T^T  radians  per  second. 
r     52o     12 

.%    Moment  of  couple  required  =  2lQa)  absolute  units. 

=  1200  pound-foot  units 

(very  nearlyj. 
Applying  the  rule  for  the  direction  of  precession,  we  see  that  this 
couple  will  tend  to  lift  the  engine  off  the  inner  rail  of  the  curve. 

[We  have  left  out  of  consideration  the  inclination  which,  in  prac- 
tice, would  be  given  to  the  wheels  in  rounding  such  a  curve,  since 
this  will  but  slightly  affect  the  numerical  result.] 

Similar  stresses  are  produced  at  the  bearings  of  the  rotating 
parts  of  a  ship's  machinery  by  the  rolling,  pitching,  and  turn- 
ing of  the  ship.  In  screw-ships  the  axis  of  the  larger  parts 
of  such  machinery  are  in  general  parallel  to  the  ship's  keel, 
and  will  therefore  bo  altered  in  direction  by  the  pitciiing  and 


1 58  Dynamics  of  Rotation. 

turning,  but  not  by  the  rolling.  There  appear  to  be  no 
trustworthy  data  from  which  the  maximum  value  of  w  likely 
to  be  reached  in  pitching  can  be  calculated. 

As  regards  the  effect  of  turning,  the  following  example,  for 
which  the  data  employed  were  taken  from  actual  measure- 
ments, shows  that  the  stresses  produced  are  not  likely  in- any 
actual  case  to  be  large  enough  to  be  important. 

Example  (2). — A  torpedo-boat  with  propeller  making  270  revolu- 
tions per  minute,  made  a  complete  turn  in  84  seconds.  The  moment 
of  inertia  of  the  propeller  was  found,  by  dismounting  it  and  observ- 
ing the  time  of  a  small  oscillation,  under  gravity,  about  a  horizontal 
and  eccentric  axis,  to  be  almost  exactly  1  ton-foot^.  Required  the 
precessional  torque  on  the  propeller  shaft. 


Q_270x27r 
60 


28'3  radians  per  second. 


o)  =  -^  =  -— :  radians  per  second. 
84     147 

1  =  2240  lb.-foot2  units. 

,*.  torque  required  =  iQw  absolute  units. 

=  2240  X  28-3  x  ^  poundal-foot  units, 

=  148*4  pound-foot  units  (very  nearly). 

This  torque  will  tend  to  tilt  up  or  depress  the  stern  according  to  the 
direction  of  turning  of  the  boat,  and  of  rotation  of  the  propeller. 


APPENDIX 

PRECESSION   OF   GYROSCOPE  AND   SPINNING   TOP 
WITH   AXIS   INCLINED. 

The  value  (<»)  of  the  steady  precessional  velocity  of  a  gyro- 
scope whose  axis  is  inclined  at  an  angle  d  to  the  vertical, 
where  an  external  tilting  couple  of  moment  L  is  applied 
about  the  axis  EF  (see  Fig.  91)  may  be  found  as  follows. 

Referring  still  to  Fig.  91,  let  the  vertical  axis  of  precession 
be  called  (y)  and  the  axis  EF  of  the  couple,  (^),  and  the  hori- 
zontal axis  in  the  same  plane  as  the  axle  of  spin  (x).  Let  C 
be  the  moment  of  inertia  of  the  disc  about  the  axle  of  spin, 
A  its  moment  about  a  perpendicular  axis,  and  let  fi  be  the 
angular  velocity  of  spin  relative  to  the  already  moving  frame. 

(1)  Let  the  dimensions  of  the  ring  have  been  adjusted  in 
the  way  mentioned  on  p.  153  so  that  the  rotation  about  y  in- 
troduces no  centrifugal  couple.  Then  the  value  of  the  angular 
momentum  about  (x)  is  simply  C12  sin  ^,  and  to  rotate  this 
about  (y)  with  angular  velocity  (w)  will  require  a  couple  (L) 
about  (z)  equal  to  a>Cfi  sin  9. 

Whence  <ii=z         — 
Cil  sm  0 

It  follows  that  with  a  gyroscope  so  adjusted  the  rate  of  steady 

precession  produced  by  a  weight  hung  on  as  in  Fig.  91  will 

bo  the  same  whether  the  axis  be  inclined  or  horizontal  for 

the  length  of  the  arm  on  which  the  weight  acts,  and  therefore 

the  couple  L,  is  itself  proportional  to  sin  9. 

N.B. — ^Tho  resolute  of  <u  about  the  axis  perpendicular  to 
EF  and  CD  is  ^  as  before  (p.  147). 

(2)  Let  the  ring  and  disc  not  have  the  adjustment  men- 
tioned, and  let  the  least  and  greatest  moments  of  inertia  of 

160 


i6o 


Dynamics  of  Rotation, 


Fig, 


the  ring  be  C  and  A'  respectively.  If  the  disc  were  not 
spinning  in  its  frame,  i.e.  if  12  were  zero,  we  should  require 
for  equilibrium  a  centripetal  couple  (see  p.  122)  equal  to 
—  (A^C)w'  sin  ^cos  ^— (A'— C')a>'  sin  ^  cos  Q,  On  account  of 
the  spin  an  additional  angular  momentum  Ci2  sin  Q  is  added 
about  x,  to  rotate  which  requires  an  additional  couple 
o>C12  sin  B.     Whence  the  total  couple  required 

=  L=Cfia) sin  ^-(A-C-A'-C')a)'  sin  6*  cos  Q, 
which  gives  us  w. 

In  the  case  of  a  top  precessing  in  the  manner  indicated  in 
95,  the  tilting  couple  is  rrnjl  sin  ^,  and  the  only  differ- 
ence in  the  solution   is 
^  that  there  is  no  frame, 

so  that  A'  =  OandC'=0. 
But  it  will  be  observed 
that  our  12  still  means 
the  velocity  of  spin  rela- 
tive to  an  imaginary 
frame  swinging  round 
with  the  top.  The  quad- 
ratic equation  for  a>  thus 
becomes  mgl  =  Cfiw  — 
(A-CKcos6'. 

We  might,  if  we  had 
preferred  it,  in  each  case 
have  simply  found  by 
resolution  the  total  angular  momentum  about  (x)  after  the 
manner  of  page  134,  and,  multiplying  this  by  w,  have  obtained 
the  value  of  the  couple  about  z.  But  by  looking  at  the  matter 
in  the  way  suggested  the  student  will  better  realise  the  fact 
that  the  centripetal  couple  is  that  part  of  the  applied  couple 
which  is  required  to  rotate  the  angular  momentum  contri- 
buted about  X  by  the  precessional  rotation  itself. 


fff'^) 


no.  95. 


Printed  by  T.  and  A.  Constable,  Printers  to  Her  Majesty, 
at  the  Edinburgh  University  Press. 


F 


d^ 


UNIVERSITY  OF  TORONTO 
LIBRARY 


Acme   Library   Card   Pocket 

Under  I'at.  "  Kef.  Index  Kile." 

MAde  by  LIBRA&T  BUEEAU